summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authornfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-30 19:48:34 -0800
committernfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org>2025-01-30 19:48:34 -0800
commit34c4337fabca6fc5c38df1710864389716b8ea47 (patch)
treeabb91712f0221a2a880e79fbf06225fd9392cc67
parente590ad512b4a85c3813e214ffaf17721d367a345 (diff)
NormalizeHEADmain
-rw-r--r--.gitattributes4
-rw-r--r--LICENSE.txt11
-rw-r--r--README.md2
-rw-r--r--old/62008-0.txt3484
-rw-r--r--old/62008-0.zipbin70838 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62008-h.zipbin265750 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62008-h/62008-h.htm5009
-rw-r--r--old/62008-h/images/cover.jpgbin152848 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62008-h/images/pg001.pngbin26646 -> 0 bytes
-rw-r--r--old/62008-h/images/pg002.pngbin17645 -> 0 bytes
10 files changed, 17 insertions, 8493 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d7b82bc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+*.txt text eol=lf
+*.htm text eol=lf
+*.html text eol=lf
+*.md text eol=lf
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0567c13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #62008 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/62008)
diff --git a/old/62008-0.txt b/old/62008-0.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index dc441c3..0000000
--- a/old/62008-0.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3484 +0,0 @@
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Notes Upon Indigo, by John Hayes
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Notes Upon Indigo
-
-Author: John Hayes
-
-Release Date: May 3, 2020 [EBook #62008]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOTES UPON INDIGO ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Ronald Grenier. (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-Transcriber’s Notes:
-
-1. Footnotes have been moved to immediately after the associated
- paragraph.
-
-2. Obvious typographical errors have been silently corrected.
-
-3. Spelling and hyphenation has been made consistent with the most
- common usage. Quoted text from other works and authors was left
- unchanged.
-
-4. Characters between underscores “_ _” are italicized.
-
-
-
-
- NOTES UPON INDIGO.
-
- BY
-
- JOHN L. HAYES,
-
-
- SECRETARY OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF WOOL MANUFACTURERS, FELLOW
- OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY, AND CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE
- ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
-
-From “The Bulletin of the National Association of Wool Manufacturers.”
-
- BOSTON:
-
- PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON.
-
- 1873.
-
-
-PART I.
-
-NOTES UPON INDIGO.
-
-PART I.
-
-A publication devoted to the interests of the woollen manufacture,
-while giving due prominence to its first raw material, wool, cannot
-neglect the secondary materials which enter into finished fabrics. The
-attractiveness and utility of the largest class of these fabrics are
-due to the hue given them by the dyer; and of all the coloring
-materials one of the most precious is indigo. In former times, as it
-still does at the East, it occupied with madder the place of one of
-the two most important of all dyeing materials. Forced of late years
-to give way to the marvellous products of modern chemistry, it will
-doubtless resume its place under the influence of a more enlightened
-economy and a more subdued taste. To contribute to the hastening of
-this return is one object of this essay. The most usual reproach
-against American fabrics is the want of stability in our dyes,—a
-reproach without justice, if applied to American fabrics alone; for
-the cheapening of dyestuffs is practised in all the so-called
-manufacturing nations, and is contemned alone in the East, from which
-we have derived our arts, and by the people whom we despise as
-barbarous. To remove this reproach from American fabrics would be
-worthy of no little temporary sacrifice on the part of our
-manufacturers.
-
-The value of indigo as a dyeing material is due to the great stability
-of the blue color, and the derivatives from blue, which it gives to
-fabrics, especially of wool and cotton. It is not sufficient that a
-dyed fabric should preserve its color when submitted to violent tests,
-as when acted upon by vegetable or mineral acids or alkaline or soapy
-baths: the only stable dyes are those which resist air and light, the
-two destructive agents of vegetable colors. Indigo, from the
-remarkable manner in which its color becomes fixed upon a fabric, to
-be hereafter explained, possesses properties of resistance and
-stability in a higher degree than any blue dye. And when we consider
-that this blue has not only its own hue, but is the best foundation
-for blacks, greens, purples, and even browns, the importance of these
-properties cannot be over-estimated. Says M. de Kæppelin, a chemist
-and manufacturer of Mulhouse, in one of a series of articles furnished
-to the _Annales du gênie Civil_, 1864: “So high are the properties of
-resistance and stability which indigo possesses, that it is perhaps to
-be regretted for the art of the dyer and manufacturer of printed
-calicoes, that the use of indigo becomes more and more rare, and that
-the recent discoveries which modern science has placed at the service
-of industry are daily eliminating it from our factories. I have
-observed that whenever we have to dye stuffs of a high price, it is
-indigo which always serves as a base for the foundation of all the
-blue colors, or of those which are derived from blue. It is the same
-for the fabrication of printed tissues, which serve for the poorer
-classes, whose colors should have great stability without much
-increase of cost. But of late years, especially, we find a tendency to
-employ colors of little stability, and to prefer them, even in the
-class of fabrics first referred to, to those which are more fast, on
-account of their vivacity and freshness of tone. It is this tendency,
-which the consumer partakes of even while complaining of it, that the
-textile manufacturers ought to seek to combat. How often have I heard
-the greatest manufacturers of Alsace deplore the obligation which they
-felt that they were under of printing their tissues by means of colors
-so fugacious and so little resistant as those composed from aniline.
-We must hope, then, in the interest of that industry, that while
-adopting the marvellous discoveries which science is every day making,
-there shall be made a less general application of them, and that we
-shall return to the fabrication of the styles which necessitate the
-more constant employment of coloring materials,—less brilliant, it is
-true, but more adherent to the tissues, and less alterable by air and
-light. It seems to me, also, that taste would lose nothing; and that
-printed stuffs, colored in a manner less brilliant, but more
-harmonious, would be perhaps more appreciated, especially by those who
-use them.”
-
-The tendency to substitute the brilliant for the stable dyes prevails
-too much in our own manufacture. A very considerable cloth
-manufacturer replied to our inquiry as to the extent to which he used
-indigo: “I hardly use it at all; the dye of the indigo blue is not
-bright enough to be popular.” On the other hand, we have heard our
-leading manufacturer of carpets, whose cultivated taste has led him to
-partake of M. de Kæppelin’s views, deplore the introduction of aniline
-dyes, as a positive calamity to the textile industry. It is the
-influence of the trade, the immediate consumers of fabrics, rather
-than the judgment of manufacturers, which promotes the use of the
-modern fugacious dyes. The dealers desire not only to imitate the
-fashionable colors of European goods, but to secure the utmost
-cheapness. One of our largest manufacturers of woollen goods, who had
-made a special study of the best processes abroad, and was desirous of
-bringing better dyed goods into more general consumption, urged one of
-his largest customers, an extensive dealer, to allow him to dye the
-waterproof cloakings which he was furnishing for his house, in fast
-indigo colors, assuring him that he would charge simply the additional
-cost of the indigo, without profit. The offer, which involved the cost
-of only a few cents a yard, which would have been gladly paid by the
-last consumer if the difference of value had been made known, was
-declined. It is not improbable that the inferior goods which the
-manufacturer was compelled to furnish were sold to the public as fast
-dyed. Our manufacturers, therefore, may not have been responsible for
-the predicament in which the most enthusiastic defender of our
-protective policy found himself, as we have it from his own lips.
-Being about to make a speech in Congress in defence of American
-industries, he put on, for the first time, a coat declared to have
-been made of American cloth. Sitting down, heated and perspiring from
-the excitement of his effort, he found that beneath the arms whose
-gestures had enforced his eulogies of American industry, the pretended
-fast blue of his coat had become _red_, literally _blushing_ for its
-unmerited praise. That fast-dyed goods of the highest excellence can
-be and are furnished by American manufacturers, is shown by our army
-cloths. The government specifications, copies of which are published
-elsewhere in this number, require that all the blue woollen cloth, cap
-cloth, and flannels furnished for the army shall be “pure indigo
-dyed.” The requisition is strictly enforced. The admirable effect of
-this regulation may be witnessed at any dress parade of a battalion of
-United States soldiers. The persistency and uniformity of the hue
-under constant wear—the cloth of the common soldier in its superior
-dye often favorably contrasting with the finer but fancy dyed cloth of
-the officer—is one of the circumstances which justify the assertion,
-that our army is the best clothed in the world. The contrast is more
-remarkable still with the _quondam_ blue cloth, converted by sun and
-rain-into every shade of shabbiness, which we purchased in Europe for
-our soldiers at the commencement of our late war.
-
-
-ORIGIN AND EXTRACTION OF INDIGO.
-
-Indigo is a coloring material of vegetable origin, which owes its
-color and its important applications to a direct blue principle, known
-under the name of indigotine. It has been used as a dyestuff from time
-immemorial, by the inhabitants of India; and it is from the East, the
-cradle of the textile arts, that Europe has derived it. It was
-probably received from India by the Greeks, among other products first
-made known to them by the expeditions of Alexander the Great.
-Dioscorides clearly refers to indigo in mentioning the two coloring
-matters brought from India. Pliny mentions a coloring material, having
-an admirable mixture of blue and purple, as coming from India, which
-he calls _indicum_. That he refers to indigo is curiously manifest by
-the test which he gives, by which the genuine drug might always and
-_certainly be distinguished from the spurious_. This is by putting it
-on live coals, when, says he, “the true _indicum_ will burn with a
-flame of a most beautiful purple tint.” The purple vapor from burning
-indigo is still a characteristic test. The Romans, it is apparent,
-used indigo only as a pigment, not knowing what is still the most
-important art connected with its use,—how to make it soluble so as to
-be available in dyeing.
-
-That indigo as a commercial product was first obtained from India is
-not only proved by the testimony of Pliny, and other ancient writers,
-but is confirmed by a variety of circumstances, and particularly by
-its name, which is known to have been _nil_ in the Hindu language,
-from the earliest times of which there is mention of it. This name is
-still given by the Hindoos to the color blue, and to all the plants
-producing indigo. The Arabs and Egyptians, who obtained a knowledge of
-indigo from India, adopted the Hindu name, the Arabs calling it _nil_
-or _nir_, and the Egyptians _nil_ or _niel_. The Portuguese preserved
-the Indian name, with a slight modification, the substance being
-called _aniliera_ in their language. The coloring substances
-afterwards found in coal-tar having been first found in indigo, modern
-science has adopted for them the name of _aniline_.
-
-It has been asserted that this substance was not known in Europe until
-the time of the discovery of the passage to India round the Cape of
-Good Hope. But Dr. Bancroft has shown that indigo was brought by
-merchants from India to Alexandria, and thence to Venice, when that
-city was the _entrepôt_ of Europe and the East. It doubtless
-contributed to the excellence which the Italian states first attained
-in the wool manufacture. The drug was called _endigo_ in Venice, and
-it is from that city that we have derived its name and use. It was
-imperfectly known in England under its Spanish name in the sixteenth
-century, for we find in Hackluyt “Voyages” his instructions to a
-traveller who was going to Turkey to ascertain “if _anile_, that
-coloureth blue, be a natural commodity of those parts, and if it be
-composed of an herbe.”
-
-The general introduction of indigo into Europe was impeded by
-legislative enactments, prompted mainly by those employed in
-industries which it threatened to displace. These were chiefly the
-producers of and dealers in _woad_, formerly used exclusively for
-dyeing blue, and the corporation of woad dyers. When dyers from Italy
-and Flanders attempted to introduce the superior dyes of indigo, the
-woad interests were sufficiently powerful to induce the Elector of
-Saxony to denounce the use of the new dyestuff. It was pronounced in
-the Diet of the Empire as “a corrosive color,” and “fit food only for
-the devil,” _fressende teufels_. Similar propositions were made in
-England and France, in which latter the free use of indigo was not
-permitted until 1737.
-
-Although indigo as known in the arts is a product of vegetable origin,
-we must not omit to notice that one source of its production is the
-human body. It was discovered some years since that the blue color
-sometimes found in diseased urines, and in certain suppurations, is
-due to indigo. Dr. Schunck, in some papers read before the Royal
-Society, has shown that it is a frequent constituent of urine secreted
-by persons in a healthy state, and that, in fact, it is produced
-generally when persons do not take sufficient exercise; and he has
-several times succeeded in producing it by taking in his food a rather
-large excess of sugar. He has found this substance also in the urine
-of beef cattle. It must also be observed that the chemical actions of
-indigotine with oxidizing agents, showing indigo to have a very close
-relation to aniline and carbolic acid, both products derived from
-coal-tar, have produced in the minds of chemists the conviction that
-indigotine, like alizarine, the coloring principle of madder, will one
-day be artificially produced from coal-tar.
-
-The plants which are known to furnish indigo are quite numerous, being
-not less than sixty; they do not all belong to the same family, and
-none of them contain the coloring principle already formed. The most
-important belong to the leguminous family, from which most of the
-vegetable dyes are derived, and to the genus _indigofera_. The species
-cultivated and most esteemed are _Indigofera tinctoria_, _I.
-disperma_, _I. anil_, _I. argentea_.
-
-[Illustration: Drawing of the Indigofera tinctoria plant]
-
-The principal source of the indigo of commerce is the _Indigofera
-tinctoria_. The accompanying figure is a correct representation of the
-plant, and we may dispense with a description of its botanical
-characters, observing only that the plant has a half woody stem, and
-rises to the height of from three to five feet. The plants exhale a
-strong odor towards evening in the fields where they are cultivated.
-The leaves have a disagreeable taste, and rapidly putrefy in water.
-The plant originated in Campaja, or Guzerat, but is cultivated in
-Hindostan, China, Java, and in the East Indies generally. It was
-carried by the Spaniards to South America and the West Indies, and it
-can be acclimated in all hot countries. The _Indigofera argentea_, or
-indigo plant of Egypt, furnishes the indigo produced in that country
-and Arabia.
-
-The culture of the plant and the production of commercial indigo is
-carried on a vast scale in Lower Bengal. We have before us a large
-map, placed at our disposal by an India merchant of Boston, showing
-the location of each of the hundreds of factories of that important
-centre of production. These factories have been developed by British
-enterprise; and India thus receives some slight compensation for the
-ruin of her cotton manufacture by the same influence.
-
-The propagation of the indigo plant in that country is made by sowing
-in a thoroughly tilled silico-argillaceous soil. The seed of the plant
-is sowed annually in the spring or autumn, according to the variety
-used, some germinating more slowly, and requiring to remain in the
-ground longer than others. The time of putting in the seed is also
-governed by the nature of the soil and its position in respect to
-neighboring rivers. In the lowlands subject to inundations, the indigo
-ought to be all cut at the period of the rains and inundations, which
-would destroy the crop in a brief time. Besides, during the rainy
-period the planter has at his disposal sufficient water to commence
-his operations of fabricating the indigo, which is the suitable time
-for beginning the cutting of the plant. The time of cutting the
-indigo plants is therefore regulated by the elevation of the land and
-danger from floods. The high lands are always sowed several weeks
-after those subject to inundations.
-
-The Chinese prick out the young plants in parallel rows, always
-preserving the land quite clear of weeds. By taking away the blossoms
-of the plant before their development, they increase the growth of the
-leaves, and, consequently, the return of indigo; for it is in the
-leaves principally that the coloring material is found.
-
-In certain localities the planters break off the leaves which have
-acquired a bluish green tint. But more frequently the whole plant is
-cut down close to the ground in the months of June or July, when the
-flowers begin to open. The portion of the plant which remains pushes
-up quite rapidly, and furnishes a second, and even third, and
-sometimes, though rarely, a fourth cutting. The quality of the product
-diminishes according to the number of the cuttings.
-
-The plant called _nil_, cut down to the root and gathered up in
-packages, is worked up the same evening. The package is formed from
-the product of a space of land embraced by a chain about three yards
-long. The value of the first material changes with the value of the
-soil. Thus, one soil produces a plant which has many stems and few
-leaves, while another gives many leaves and few stems. The richness in
-coloring material depends upon the quantity of leaves, but varies also
-with an equal weight of leaves with atmospheric influences. Thus
-regular dealers in the article observe a marked difference in the
-quality of indigo in different seasons.
-
-M. A. Koechlin Schwartz has recently published some interesting notes
-upon the preparation of indigo in Lower Bengal. In that country, which
-furnishes excellent indigo, the factory includes, besides filters,
-presses, a steam-engine, drying apparatus, and reservoir of water, two
-lines of vats, arranged one above the other, from fifteen to twenty in
-each line. These vats are built up with bricks, and covered with a
-strong coat of solid and well made stucco. They are square, about six
-yards on a side, and about a yard deep. The back row is about a yard
-above the front one. The plant is fermented in the vats of the upper
-row; when the operation of fermentation is terminated, a faucet is
-opened, and the liquid is run into the lower vat. The water of the
-Ganges, which is relatively pure, and thus well suited for this work,
-is brought into basins of deposition, where it becomes clarified, and
-is distributed by a common canal to the vats of the upper row. The
-plants, cut in the morning and bound up into packages, come to the
-factory after midday, and are thrown into the vat in the evening. A
-vat contains one hundred packages carefully arranged, one beside the
-other; heavy timbers are placed upon the plants, which are pressed
-down by means of large wedges. It is necessary that the plants should
-be pressed together very compactly, as without this the fermentation
-does not take place to advantage. At nightfall the water is introduced
-into the vats, and fills them so as completely to submerge the plants.
-The fermentation is more or less prolonged according to the
-temperature. Its duration varies from nine to fourteen hours. The
-workmen judge as to the procedure of the operation by withdrawing a
-little of the liquid in the lower vat. If it is of a clear pale yellow
-when withdrawn, it will furnish a product less abundant but more pure
-than if of a deep gold color.
-
-At the moment of its issue from the fermenting vat the liquid is of a
-yellow color, more or less deep. The liquid is allowed to remain
-undisturbed for a brief period, when twelve naked men, armed with long
-bamboos, enter the vat to beat the water while it is still warm.
-During this time the upper vat is emptied and cleaned out for the
-succeeding operation. One vat requires seventeen workpeople (twelve
-men and five women). They thrash the water for two or three hours. The
-liquid passes by little and little to a pale green, and the indigo is
-found on suspension in the form of small floccules. The liquor is
-suffered to remain undisturbed for half an hour; it is then gradually
-decanted by opening, one after the other, the discharging holes placed
-at different heights. The water returns to the river, and the
-precipitate, under the form of a thin _bouille_, is turned into a
-reservoir. This _bouille_ is pumped up into a vessel, and made to boil
-for a moment to prevent a second fermentation, which would injure the
-quality of the product, by turning it black. It is suffered to rest
-about twenty hours, and the next morning it is again subjected to
-boiling, the ebullition being kept up three or four hours. The boiling
-deposit is then turned off upon a large filter, through which the
-water drips. This filter is composed of a vat constructed of masonry,
-covered with stucco, about eighteen feet long by six feet wide and
-three feet deep. This is covered with bamboos, upon which is a grating
-of smaller reeds, and above by a stout strained cloth. There remains
-upon the cloth a thick paste, of a deep blue and nearly black color.
-The water which is run into the vat deposits some indigo which has
-pressed through the filter. This is decanted after being allowed to
-rest, and the turbid liquid is boiled the next day with the fresh
-indigo.
-
-The paste of the filter is introduced into some small boxes of wood,
-pierced with holes, and provided above and below with a strong cotton
-cloth. The whole is again covered with a piece of stuff, and then with
-a covering of wood, pierced with small holes, and it is placed under a
-press, the force being gradually applied, so as to cause the water to
-run out as much as possible. There is withdrawn from the box a cake of
-the size of a cake of Marseilles soap. The water squeezed out flows
-back into the filtering vat, to be boiled again with the fresh indigo.
-The drying of the cakes ought to be done very slowly.
-
-The dry-house is a large building of masonry, quite high, and pierced
-with many openings, provided with narrow blinds, to prevent the direct
-light of the sun from penetrating into the interior. Care is taken
-also to surround the dry-house with large shade-trees. The cakes take
-from three to four days to dry, after which they are packed in small
-boxes and carried to Calcutta, the great market of Bengal.
-
-The details above given apply to the factories managed by European
-planters. The natives operate in nearly the same manner, but with less
-care, and consequently their products are inferior. The average
-product of indigo in Lower Bengal is stated at 4,000,000 kilograms, or
-8,840,000 pounds per year. The most remarkable fact to be noticed in
-these operations is, that the blue principle is developed by chemical
-action from certain absolutely colorless principles existing in the
-plant. The theory of the change effected is still somewhat in doubt,
-because no chemist has studied the fresh plant, and observed upon the
-spot the phases of the operation of the production of indigo on a
-large scale. But the most accepted theory is that derived from the
-researches of Dr. Schunck, upon the _isatis_ or woad-plant, which
-produces indigotine in a much less degree than the true indigo plants;
-viz., that the indigo exists in the plants combined with sugar,
-forming a glucoside, to which he gives the name _indican_. This
-compound, under the influence of fermentation in the manufacturing
-process, is supposed to be unfolded into indigo and sugar.
-
-Without dwelling upon this question, which is beyond our province, we
-observe that the plants of the genus _indigofera_ are used for the
-production of commercial indigo, on account of the greater richness in
-the coloring principle. Other plants, which furnish the same coloring
-principle, indigotine, are more frequently used directly in dyeing to
-furnish the blue principle than they are for the production of indigo.
-
-The most important of these plants, although there are others, such as
-the _Polygonum tinctorium_ and the _Nerium tinctorium_, is the _Isatis
-tinctoria_, which produces pastel, or woad. This, plant belongs to the
-family of cruciferæ, and is a biennial. It is represented in the
-accompanying figure.
-
-[Illustration: Drawing of the Isatis tinctoria plant]
-
-The leaves which surround the stem are collected in May or June of the
-second year, when they begin to turn yellow. The wasted and dried
-leaves are sometimes used directly for dyeing, but more generally the
-leaves, after being cut and dried, are carried to a mill, and then
-ground to a paste, after which it is formed into a mass or heap, and
-being covered to protect it from rain, is left to undergo a partial
-fermentation for about a fortnight. The heap is then well mixed and
-formed into balls, which are exposed to the sun and wind to dry, and
-thereby prevent the putrefaction which would otherwise take place.
-Being afterwards collected in heaps, these balls again ferment, become
-hot, and emit the odor of ammonia, which Hume tells us, in the History
-of England, gave such offence to Queen Elizabeth that she issued an
-edict to prohibit the cultivation of this plant. After the heat has
-continued for some time, these balls fall into a dry powder, in which
-form the woad is usually sold to the dyer. The best French woad comes
-from Provence, Languedoc, and Normandy. In Germany, the pastel of
-Thuringia is used almost exclusively; the packages have the trade-mark
-of three towers, with the numbers 4, 5. In this country, owing
-probably to the prejudices of practical dyers, who have generally come
-from England, the Lancashire woad is almost exclusively used. The very
-little imported of late years, ranging from two thousand to twelve
-thousand dollars annually in value, is used for mixing with indigo in
-the so-called woad vat, to be hereafter described.
-
-
-COMMERCIAL INDIGOES.
-
-The following description of the indigoes of commerce is taken
-principally from Schutzenberger’s excellent treatise on coloring
-materials. It coincides very nearly with that given by Napier from
-Dumas and Chevrueil. Indigoes are classed, according to their origin,
-into three groups.
-
-1. Indigoes of Asia (from Bengal, Oude or Coromandel, Manilla, Madras,
-and Java).
-
-2. Indigoes of Africa (Egypt, Island of France, Senegal).
-
-3. Indigoes of America (Guatemala, Caraccas, Mexico, Brazil, and the
-West Indies).
-
-The three varieties in most esteem are those of Bengal, Java, and
-Guatemala.
-
-_Indigoes of Java_.—These are distinguished by the great purity of
-their coloring material. They contain the minimum of extractive
-organic matter. If, in spite of this, they do not give a high yield of
-indigotine; this is owing to a mixture of silicious mineral substances
-with their paste. The paste is soft. It adheres strongly to the
-tongue, and its density is feeble. They are generally of a pure blue,
-light or ash colored in the kinds which are less rich, and of a
-magnificent violet blue in the superior qualities. The last take a
-beautiful copper color when scratched by the nail. They are placed in
-the very first rank among all indigoes in respect to fineness and
-beauty, if not in richness in the blue coloring principle. Their
-purity, complete absence from carbonate of lime, and the small
-quantity of foreign organic materials which they contain, cause them
-to be much sought for, for the preparation of _carmine_ of indigo. The
-consumption of the Javan indigoes in this country is so small as not
-to be appreciated.
-
-_Bengal Indigoes_.—These are the indigoes _par excellence_, for in
-them are found the most varied qualities, from the most beautiful and
-rich to the most ordinary. The superior qualities are of a deep violet
-blue, with a fine and uniform paste; they adhere to the tongue, are
-easily pulverized, and take a beautiful coppery tint when scratched by
-the nail. The fresh fracture shows a magnificent purplish blue
-reflection. Their yield in indigotine does not surpass seventy-two per
-cent.
-
-After these come the reddish-violet indigoes with a purplish hue, and
-a fracture more uniform and shiny. They are also more dense and hard
-than the superior qualities. The reddish hue does not proceed from the
-greater or less amount of coloring material contained, but from the
-presence of a greater quantity of brown and red extractive matter.
-These qualities are not to be despised, for the kinds which give the
-best results in the dyeing vat are found in these indigoes. It would
-seem, in fact, says the author whom we are following, “that the browns
-and reds of indigo play an important part in vat dyeing, that they are
-able to become dissolved and to fix themselves upon the tissues at the
-same time as the indigotine, and thus operate to reinforce the hue.
-The fact is, that dyers generally prefer the reddish indigoes to the
-other varieties.” Among the Bengal indigoes there is found a clear
-blue variety, less rich in coloring matter, but also more exempt from
-organic substances. The impurity is constituted by mineral matters. It
-is less dense, adheres strongly to the tongue, and does not take a
-coppery hue, like the other varieties, when scratched by the nail.
-
-The worst qualities of the Bengal indigoes, as in all the species, are
-the clear blues, shading on to gray or green. This coloration denotes
-a great quantity of extractive matter different from the indigo brown
-which characterizes the red varieties, and completely inert. These
-indigoes are hard, dense, adhere little or none to the tongue, and do
-not show coppery reflections when scratched.
-
-The most skilful connoisseurs distinguish forty-three varieties of
-Bengal indigo. The most important are the following:—
-
-1. _Superfine blue, light or floating_.—Color bright blue; light,
-friable, and spongy; adherent to the tongue, soft to the touch,
-showing coppery reflections when rubbed by the nail; paste uniform and
-pure.
-
-2. _Fine blue_.—Like the preceding, but the color a little less vivid.
-
-3. _Violet blue_.—A little less light and friable. Has a violet blue.
-
-4. _Superfine violet_.
-
-5. _Superfine purple_.
-
-6. _Fine violet_.
-
-7. _Good violet_.
-
-8. _Red violet_.
-
-9. _Ordinary violet_.
-
-10. _Good soft red_.
-
-11. _Good red_.
-
-12. The indigoes, _fine coppery, good coppery, ordinary coppery, and
-low coppery_.
-
-_The Indigoes of Oude and Coromandel_.—These are made in the interior
-of Hindostan. Those of the best quality correspond to the middling
-Bengal indigoes, and are met with in square masses, having an even
-fracture, but are more difficult to break; the inferior qualities are
-heavy, of a sandy feel, having a blue color, bordering on green or
-gray, or even black; often in large squares, and covered with a slight
-crust or rind of a greenish color. They are the most difficult to
-break of all the indigoes of commerce.
-
-_Madras Indigoes_.—They have a grained fracture, and are of a cubical
-figure. The superior qualities have no rind. The qualities are fine
-blue, mixed violet blue, and ordinary. They are all lighter, and less
-rich in coloring matter than the Bengal indigoes.
-
-_Manilla Indigoes_.—These occur in cubical blocks, flat squares, or in
-irregular pieces. They are light, with a fine paste, and of a clear
-blue. They effervesce with acids, showing the presence of carbonate of
-lime incorporated in their paste. They are consequently poor in
-coloring material, and are hence almost exclusively used as a bluing
-material in washing fabrics.
-
-_American Indigoes_. _Guatemala_.—These indigoes are produced now
-altogether in Hunduras, although they still retain in commerce the
-name of Guatemalan. They are generally found in small pieces,
-irregular in form and size, and come in envelopes of skin containing
-about half as much as the Bengal chests. Putting aside the difference
-in exterior form, these indigoes approach very closely to those of
-Bengal. The same qualities are found, only they are more frequently
-mixed. The clear blue is more rare, and, when it is found, it is
-poorer in coloring matter. In purchasing these indigoes it is
-necessary to beware of the reds, which often contain a strong
-proportion of the brown extractive matter. It is not rare to find
-among the Guatemalan indigoes beautiful specimens of the blue violet,
-equal to the richest Bengal variety. Unfortunately, this superior
-variety is generally mixed with inferior kinds, as to have less value.
-The American indigoes are classified as follows:—
-
-_Guatemala floro_.—Bright blue, paste uniform, soft and light. This
-variety, in Bancroft’s time, was the most esteemed of all indigoes.
-
-_Guatemala sobresaliente_.—Less light, the paste firmer and the blue
-less beautiful.
-
-_Guatemala corte, or copper-colored_.—Paste less firm and heavier,
-coppery red.
-
-_Caraccas_.—These resemble very much the Guatemala varieties. The
-qualities are designated by analogous names, but they are, in general,
-less esteemed than the preceding.
-
-_Mexican_.—They hold an intermediary rank between the Caraccas and
-Mexican.
-
-_Brazil_.—These indigoes are in small rectangular parallele-piped
-masses, or in irregular lumps of a greenish gray color externally, and
-having a smooth fracture, a firm consistency, and a copper-colored
-tint of greater or less brilliancy.
-
-_The indigoes of Africa and Egypt_.—These have only been manufactured
-within the last twenty years; they are in flat squares. The paste is
-fine and quite light, and the color pure blue or bordering on violet.
-The varieties are distinguished as fine blue and good violet and red.
-
-_Indigoes of the Isle of France and Senegal_. Rare in commerce, but
-of good quality.
-
-The indigoes of the inferior qualities, characterized by a salt-like
-color, bordering more or less upon green; by a coarse, uneven, and
-very dense paste; by not adhering to the tongue, and by not showing a
-coppery color when scratched,—can never be employed to advantage,
-notwithstanding their low price. The purchaser of these qualities must
-be guided solely by the results of analysis; for an article is found
-in commerce whose richness in indigotine does not exceed twelve to
-fourteen per cent. The presence of so high a proportion of foreign
-matter prevents the chemical change which the indigo ought to undergo
-in the dyeing vat; and this foreign matter, added to the deposits of
-the dyeing vats, causes great loss of the coloring matter. These
-indigoes should be used as little as possible, especially in the cold
-vats used for dyeing cotton and linen. The middle varieties of the
-Bengal and Guatemala indigoes, and, above all, the red varieties,
-produce in the cold vats the most advantageous results. The lower
-qualities above spoken of present less inconvenience in the hot vats
-used for dyeing wool; and it is for this purpose that they are
-generally used. In considering the previous observations, the wool
-manufacturer may arrive at this conclusion: that while he can, with
-less loss than the maker of cotton fabrics, make use of the lowest
-qualities of indigo, he will obtain _the best results from the middle
-qualities of the reddish Bengal indigoes_.
-
-The skilled dealers in indigo recognize not only the above
-distinctions, founded upon the country of production, color, and
-physical qualities, but they observe whether the article has any of
-the following defects, which are designated by certain well-understood
-terms: such as whether the indigo is _sandy_,—when brilliant points
-are observed in the interior, which are in reality particles of sand;
-_spotted_, that is to say, of unequal tint, and marked by small
-blackish points; _ribboned_, marked by transversal bands of a paler,
-and sometimes red color; _burnt_, the pieces having a scorched
-appearance, due to rapid drying, and separating into small black
-fragments under the pressure of the hand; _crumbly_, when in pieces of
-irregular figure, proceeding from fractures of the squares; _cold_,
-when the indigo does not adhere to the tongue. The above
-classification is presented with a full knowledge that these
-distinctions are by no means recognized in the ordinary commerce in
-this article. It is not, however, without interest as an illustration
-of the minute attention given to this subject in Europe, where a
-higher manufacture requires a nicer investigation of the qualities of
-materials employed.
-
-
-DETERMINATION OF THE RICHNESS AND PURITY OF INDIGOES.
-
-It is evident that the commercial form and the high price of this drug
-favor fraud, and the desire to illicitly introduce foreign substances
-into the paste. It is important, therefore, that the purchaser should
-carefully ascertain the actual value of the article which he is to
-use. He should know not only the proportion of indigotine contained,
-which varies in the commercial indigoes from twelve to seventy-five
-per cent, but the hardness and density. A good indigo ought to have
-qualities which can be recognized by the eye and touch alone. The
-first and the only examination ordinarily made by purchasers is in
-respect to the physical qualities of the article. Different pieces are
-selected, and their fresh fracture is attentively observed. The
-purchaser observes whether the squares are like each other, and if the
-parts of the same piece present the same tint. He determines the
-porosity by the simple means of applying his tongue to the fresh
-fracture. The more rapid the adherence of the tongue, the more porous
-the indigo. By scratching the piece with his finger-nail, he
-determines the extent of the coppery reflection,—an important test.
-
-From all these characters, taken together, the purchaser can form
-quite a correct idea of the value of indigoes in general; and the
-greater number of dyers, both in Europe and this country, are
-satisfied to make their purchases with only this physical examination.
-The most experienced dealers in this country make no other examination
-than the physical one. An eminent indigo broker in Boston has
-permitted me to copy the following memoranda for the physical
-examination of indigo from his notebook.
-
-The chief signs of good indigo are its lightness, feeling dry when
-touched, and, when broken, appearing of a beautiful violet blue. Good
-indigo swims in water; if thrown upon burning coals it emits a
-violet-colored smoke, and leaves but little ashes.
-
-In selecting indigo the large regularly formed cakes should be
-preferred,—those of a fine, rich blue color, extremely free from the
-white adhesive mould[1], and of a clean, neat shape. When broken, it
-should be of a bright purple cast, of a close and compact texture,
-free from specks or sand, and when rubbed with the nail should have a
-beautiful shiny coppery appearance; when burnt in a candle it should
-fly like dust; that which is heavy and dull colored should be
-rejected. Indigo is estimated and classed in commercial language, as
-follows: fine blue, ordinary blue, fine purple, inferior purple, and
-violet, strong copper, and ordinary copper. It is purchased by the
-factory maund (74⅔ lbs. The Bazaar maund is 82²⁄₅₀ lbs.), packed in
-cases containing on an average 2¼ cwt., dammered (pitched) and covered
-with gunny bagging.
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [1] Many experienced purchasers in this country pay no regard to
- this mould, as it weighs scarcely any thing.—Ed.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-Still, in making large purchases, as a measure of wise precaution the
-chemical test should be added. This is used to ascertain the
-proportion per cent of indigotine which a given indigo has. The
-determination of the quality of indigotine contained is not alone
-sufficient to fix the value of an indigo. With an equal yield of
-indigotine, the indigoes are always to be preferred which have a light
-and soft paste; and for the preparation of the indigo vat the
-preference should be always given to the violet red rather than to the
-clear blue indigoes.
-
-The chemical works which treat of this subject give elaborate details
-of a great number of processes for determining by chemical tests the
-amount of indigotine, or the coloring material in indigoes. To give
-these numerous processes would only confuse the reader. In our own
-confusion upon this subject we submitted the descriptions of these
-various processes to one of the most eminent and practical of American
-chemists, Dr. Charles T. Jackson, an official State Assayer for the
-State of Massachusetts, who has had much experience in testing indigo,
-with a request that he would describe the process which he approves
-and practises. He has obliged us by the following communication:—
-
- Boston, Nov. 21, 1872.
- No. 47 Court Street, Room 4.
-
-John L. Hayes, Esq.
-
-Dear Sir,—In reply to your inquiry as to the simplest method of
-analyzing indigo, I would say that I first ascertain the amount per
-cent of earthy matters and metallic oxides, in the samples brought to
-me, by burning a weighed quantity in a counterpoised platinum
-crucible, until all organic matters are removed or consumed, and then
-weighing the ashes obtained. The ash is then subjected to analysis in
-the usual way, and lime, alumina, peroxide of iron, and some other
-earthy impurities are separated.
-
-Then, to determine the amount of coloring matter, or indigotine, I
-make use of a standard sample of pure reduced indigo, which is
-dissolved in the most concentrated sulphuric acid, and diluted with
-water after solution. Then I ascertain how much bleaching powder
-(chloride of lime) is required to dissolve the solution. This is the
-quantity required for absolutely pure indigo.
-
-Now, the indigo of commerce does not contain more than say from forty
-or fifty per cent of pure indigotine, and of course will require a
-smaller quantity of bleaching powder to decolor it; or the quantity of
-bleaching powder to decolor a given weight of pure indigo may be
-weighed out, and the sample to be compared having been dissolved in
-strong sulphuric acid, and diluted with water, is to be poured in and
-stirred or shaken well until the point of decoloration is ascertained.
-In this case it is best to weigh out at least twice as much of the
-sample to be tested as was used of pure indigo, and to measure the
-solution in a graduated glass vessel,—an alkalimeter, for example,—so
-that by measure we may know exactly how much of the sample we add to
-the solution of bleaching powder. Thus the relative coloring values of
-the samples may be readily ascertained.
-
-If you have no purified indigo on hand, you can make a good
-comparative trial of your samples against a perfectly good sample of
-Bengal indigo, which may be kept for a standard of comparison. Very
-useful practical results may thus be obtained.
-
-It is well, however, to keep on hand a standard sample of pure indigo,
-prepared from reduced or white indigo, as directed by Berzelius (vol.
-vi. page 3, French ed., 1832), and in Muspratt’s Chemistry applied to
-the Arts (Dyeing, Indigo).
-
-In the analysis by reduction of indigo, the process is simply as
-follows: Reduce the indigo to fine powder, and weigh it; weigh out an
-equal quantity of pure quicklime (made from pure white marble).
-Measure in a graduated vessel a certain volume of water. Slack the
-lime with a portion of this water. The rest of this water is to be
-used in rubbing up the indigo in a mortar. Then the slacked lime is to
-be mixed with the indigo, rubbing the substances well together.
-Introduce the whole into a large flask; 1½ to 2 litres (about 3 to 4½
-pints) of water is required for 1 gramme (or about 15 grains of
-indigo). The flask and contents are then to be exposed to a heat of
-from 176° to 190° F. for some hours. This is best effected in a water
-bath. By this digestion the lime is made to combine with the indigo
-brown, and the coloring matter is set at liberty. Dissolve in the
-liquor a little protosulphate of iron, exempt from copper, and reduced
-to a fine powder. The flask is to be corked and well shaken, and
-allowed to cool. When the sediment is settled, decant the clear
-solution by means of a syphon into a graduated glass. The coloring
-matter oxidizes by exposure to the air; and to favor this oxidation
-and to keep the lime in solution, add muriatic acid to the liquor.
-When the liquor has become clear, filter and collect the precipitate
-on a weighed filter, which wash with hot water, and dry at a
-temperature of 212° F. Thus we can learn, by weighing the filter
-again, how much indigotine is contained in the sample.
-
-If we make use of 200 measures of water, and have drawn off 50
-measures of the solution to oxidate, and this 50 measures has produced
-10 grains of indigo, the whole sample evidently contained 40 grains of
-indigo blue.
-
-This method serves both for an assay of the sample and the production
-of a standard sample of pure indigotine. The operation may be carried
-on upon a larger scale for the manufacture of a standard sample.
-
-Yours truly,
-
-C. T. Jackson.
-
-Dr. Jackson adds the following note:—
-
-In the processes given I have not referred to the qualitative analysis
-or testing for all the kinds of adulterations, but have given only
-valuation of the coloring power of indigo.
-
-I have had occasion to search indigo for Prussian blue, an occasional
-adulterant. This is ascertained by caustic potash, which becomes in
-part an oxide if Prussian blue is present. This acidulates with
-muriatic acid, and, tested with sulphate of iron, proves, by formation
-of Prussian blue, the presence of the ferrocyanide of potash in the
-solution, and hence Prussian blue in the indigo. Lime and clay are the
-usual adulterants, and oxide of iron is often present accidentally or
-from the clay adulterants. Starch and flour are rarely used, as they
-add little to the weight.
-
-C. T. J.
-
-
-COMMERCE IN INDIGO.
-
-Before proceeding to a consideration of the practical applications of
-indigo in manufacturing, we must pause to make some general
-observations upon the commerce in indigo.
-
-The first European impulse given to this commerce was made by the
-Spanish and Portuguese. They not only imported indigo from the Indies,
-but established its fabrication in their colonies. To them we owe its
-production in Guatemala, Caraccas, and Brazil. The French exported
-from the Island of San Domingo, only, in 1774, 2,350,000 pounds weight
-of this commodity. British influence was exerted in favor of the
-development of this article in the American colonies, and, in 1773, in
-the space of twelve months, over a million pounds of indigo were
-exported from South Carolina. The production in India was at that time
-of little importance. It was not until 1783 that the attention of the
-English was directed to the culture of indigo in India for European
-consumption, that produced by the natives being all consumed in their
-own manufactures. In the hands of the English this product rapidly
-rose to be the most important of India, in a commercial view, except
-that of rice. The small cost of a factory, and the comparatively small
-capital required for this production, caused the indigo culture to be
-preferred to sugar planting. The importation and sale of this
-commodity at the East India House, in 1792, amounted to 581,827 lbs.,
-while the importation into Great Britain from other parts of the world
-amounted to 1,285,927 lbs. In 1806 the importation from the East
-Indies, and sales at the East India House, amounted to 4,811,700 lbs.,
-and produced in sterling money £1,685,275. In the year 1862–63, the
-export from India, and the destination of supplies, were as follows:—
-
- Destination. Quantity. Value.
- ----------------------------------------------------
- United Kingdom 8,537,133 lbs. $1,627,035
- America 134,064 26,949
- Arabian and Persian Gulfs 343,037 33,385
- France 1,922,120 371,396
- Germany 85,680 15,504
- Suez 295,269 51,730
- Other places 9,577 815
- ----------------------------------------------------
- Total 11,326,880 lbs. $2,126,814
-
-The value of exports in 1866 was £1,861,501. In the same year the
-imports of indigo from the whole of Central America, including
-Honduras, was 672,480 lbs. The consumption of indigo in Great Britain
-did not increase during the ten years ending with 1867. This
-stationary demand, notwithstanding the fall in the price of the drug
-and increase of population, is attributed by McCulloch principally to
-the decreasing use of blue cloth. It is more probably due to the
-substitution of cheaper dyes. The average home consumption in Great
-Britain for seven years ending in 1867, was 1,675,072 lbs. per year.
-
-The importation into this country for the twenty years last past is
-shown by the following table, kindly prepared at our request by the
-chief of the Bureau of Statistics:—
-
-_Statement of Imports of Indigo into the United States during the
-Fiscal Years ended June 30, 1853–1872._
-
- INDIGO.
- Fiscal
- Year
- ended
- June 30 FREE OF DUTY. DUTIABLE.
- --------------------------------------------------
- Pounds. Dollars. Pounds. Dollars.
- 1853 1,387,847 947,367
- 1854 1,965,789 1,282,367
- 1855 2,097,397 1,151,516
- 1856 1,732,290 1,063,743
- 1857 1,533,037 1,010,509
- 1858 1,647,767 945,083
- 1859 1,773,868 1,441,429
- 1860 1,707,116 1,413,790
- 1861 185,039 160,138 719,563 505,766
- 1862 2,501,052 3,281,441
- 1863 885,834 1,008,187 178,364 219,169
- 1864 684,813 623,406 897,821 671,899
- 1865 741,438 601,283 415,575 324,207
- 1866 798,855 609,160 44,660 41,268
- 1867 1,069,506 816,974
- 1868 870,164 775,751
- 1869 1,574,449 1,649,550
- 1870 1,270,579 1,203,664
- 1871 1,994,172 2,052,222
- 1872 1,526,869 1,484,744
-
- EDWARD YOUNG, _Chief of Bureau_.
- Bureau of Statistics, Nov. 16, 1872.
-
-The extraordinary quantity imported in 1862, we hardly need remark,
-was due to the demand for consumption in army cloths. Indigo imported
-directly, was made free of duty in 1861. The duty which appears by the
-above table to have been charged since that period, was upon indigo,
-the product of India, imported by way of England, which was subject to
-an extra duty of ten per cent.
-
-The indigo consumed in the United States is generally supplied by the
-Boston and New York Calcutta houses, who have either an American
-partner resident in Calcutta, or who employ a resident American as
-agent. Indigo, like other Calcutta goods, is sold through the agency
-of brokers, who receive on this article a commission of one per cent.
-The value of the article is known almost daily in these cities by
-telegrams, giving exact information of the state of the trade,
-transmitted from Calcutta as often as every five days. Some of the
-brokers publish monthly circulars, showing the stock of indigo with
-other Calcutta goods on hand in our market. The regular trade reports
-issued by the India merchants show that The higher qualities of indigo
-do not come to our market. The following is an extract from a report
-of Whitney, Brother, & Co., of 1871:—
-
- Indigo for Continent fine 350 to 362 rupees.
- „ „ „ good 330 „ 345 „
- „ „ „ middling 310 „ 325 „
- American consuming fine 280 „ 300 „
- „ „ good 250 „ 275 „
- „ „ middling 200 „ 240 „
- „ „ low and ordinary 150 „ 170 „
-
-At the present moment there is great depression in the trade in this
-article. The last telegrams show a decline of price in the Indian
-trade in this article of from fifty to seventy-five per cent from the
-prices of last year; and the apprehension is even entertained that
-indigo is going out of use, the dreaded competitors being the aniline
-dyes, and particularly the Nicholson blue. We maybe presumptuous in
-giving our opinion on the question, but we hazard the prediction that,
-notwithstanding the temporary popularity of the cheap substitutes, a
-reaction will take place in favor of that “wonderful and most valuable
-production,” whose importance as a dye has been held in India for
-thousands of years and Europe for two centuries, “greatly to exceed
-any other.”[2]
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [2] The “Dictionnaire Universel du Commerce,” &c., published in
- 1861, contains an exhaustive article on the commerce in indigo,
- by M. S. Beekrode. From the statements of this writer, it appears
- that the consumption of indigo was estimated, in 1835, as follows:—
-
- Great Britain 1,214,380 kilograms (2,683,779) lbs.
- France 912,915 „ (2,017,542) „
- United States 130,000 „ (277,300) „
- Other countries 2,435,473 „ (5,382,395) „
- --------- -----------
- Total 4,692,768 kilograms (10,362,016) lbs.
-
- The approximate consumption in 1859 is stated as follows:—
-
- Great Britain 800,000 kilograms (1,768,000) lbs.
- France 800,000 „ (1,768,000) „
- United States 400,000 „ ( 884,000) „
- Russia 860,000 „ (1,900,600) „
- The Zollverein 1,250,000 „ (2,762,500) „
- Switzerland 150,000 „ ( 331,500) „
- Austria 400,000 „ ( 884,000) „
- Other countries 300,000 „ ( 663,000) „
- --------- -----------
- Total 4,960,000 kilograms(10,961,600) lbs.
-
- The average production in 1859 is estimated as follows:—
-
- Bengal, Madras, &c. 3,500,000 kilograms (7,735,000) lbs.
- Java 550,000 „ (1,215,500) „
- Central America 300,000 „ ( 663,000) „
- Other sources 100,000 „ ( 221,000) „
- --------- -----------
- Total 4,450,000 kilograms (9,834,500) lbs.
-
- As the maximum annual consumption in 1859 is set down at
- 5,000,000 kilograms, the author concludes that the average
- production at that time did not surpass the requirements of the
- dyers of the whole world.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-FORMER PRODUCTION IN THE CAROLINAS.
-
-As pertinent to the commercial branch of our subject, we must briefly
-notice the remarkable facts of the sudden growth and equally sudden
-and extraordinary extinction of the production of indigo in the
-Carolinas. Indigo was for many years the second great staple of South
-Carolina. So highly was this staple estimated that the historian of
-the State declares that “it proved more really beneficial to Carolina
-than the mines of Mexico or Peru are or ever have been to Old or New
-Spain.” Its introduction was the happy result of a woman’s culture and
-energy. In the early part of the last century, the indigo plant had
-been extensively cultivated in the West India Islands, which then
-furnished the chief supply of Europe. The governor of Antigua, George
-Lucas, whose home plantation was at Wappoo in Carolina, having
-observed the fondness of his daughter, Miss Eliza Lucas, afterwards
-the mother of General Charles Cotesworth Pinckney, for the culture of
-plants, was in the habit of sending to her tropical seeds to be sowed
-on his plantation at Wappoo. Among others, he sent her some seeds of
-the indigo plant cultivated in the West Indies. She planted them for
-two years; but the seeds failed to germinate, or were killed by the
-frost. On the third year’s trial, in 1741 or 1742, she was successful.
-Governor Lucas, on hearing that the plants had ripened and produced
-seed, sent from Montserrat a person skilled in making indigo. Vats
-were built on Wappoo Creek, and there the first American indigo was
-manufactured. The attempts of the expert to conceal his processes were
-defeated by the vigilance of Miss Lucas. The process of manufacture
-was made known. Seeds from the Wappoo plantation were freely
-distributed and successfully planted; and the culture of indigo became
-common. In 1747, a considerable quantity of indigo was sent to
-England, which induced the merchants trading with Carolina to petition
-parliament for a bounty on Carolina indigo. In 1748, an act of
-parliament was passed granting a bounty of sixpence per pound on
-indigo raised on British-American plantations and imported directly to
-Britain from its place of growth. This act stimulated the planters of
-Carolina to double vigor in the production of this new material for
-export. “Many of them,” says Dr. Ramsay, “doubled their capital every
-three or four years by planting indigo.” In the year 1754, the export
-of indigo from the province amounted to 216,924 lbs., and in the years
-1772 and 1773 the export had risen to 1,107,661 lbs. The production
-was greatly checked by the war of the Revolution. Near the close of
-the century the large importations from India lowered the price, so as
-to make the planting unprofitable. In the mean time, the culture of
-cotton had sprung up under the protective tariff of 1789. The grounds
-suitable for indigo planting were equally fitted for cotton, and were
-for the most planted with the new staple. It is curious to observe how
-the former was displaced by the latter staple. The export of indigo
-from Charleston in 1797 was 96,121 lbs.: in 1800, it fell to 3,400
-lbs. During the same years, the exports of cotton rose from one
-million to six and a half million pounds. The production of American
-indigo appears to have revived from time to time up to 1829. A writer
-of that period in Silliman’s Journal of Science estimates—although it
-would seem on doubtful authority—the production of indigo in the
-United States at 20,000 lbs. The price of the American article had
-fallen, owing to the great quantity of extractive which it contained,
-to fifty cents per pound, while the Bengal indigo was worth $1.15 per
-pound. We have no data as to its production at the present time, but
-infer, from the fact that no reference has been made to this product
-in the Government Agricultural Reports for many years past, that the
-production, if any, is too unimportant to be noticed.
-
-
-INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF INDIGO.
-
-All the applications of indigo require that the material should first
-be reduced to an impalpable powder. It is better to grind it with
-water, to prevent the loss of material in the form of powder, although
-the dry pulverization is necessary when the indigo is to be used for
-the manufacture of the sulphate. To facilitate the grinding the
-material into a paste, it should be previously soaked in hot water
-from one to three hours. The grinding on a small scale may be done by
-a very simple apparatus. This is a hemispherical vessel of copper or
-cast-iron, eighteen inches in diameter, furnished at the edge with two
-handles. The workman, sitting astride a bench, places the vessel
-before him, in which he places three heavy cast-iron balls, the indigo
-which has been softened, and a sufficient quantity of water. Holding
-the basin by the handles, he gives it a circular oscillatory movement,
-in such a manner that the balls, following this movement, crush the
-indigo which surrounds them; after which the contents are poured into
-another vessel, water is added, and the material is stirred. The
-portions incompletely ground are made to reunite themselves at the
-bottom by means of regular blows with a hammer on the rim of the
-vessel. The upper liquid is decanted, and the deposit is submitted to
-a new manipulation in the basin.
-
-In large establishments the grinding is done by machinery. An
-apparatus highly recommended, consists of two circular plates of
-cast-iron, arranged horizontally and slightly separated, one from the
-other, which are rapidly rotated by power, in inverse, directions. The
-interior surfaces of these disks are provided with deep grooves
-radiating in a curved line from the centre to the circumference, and
-diminishing in depth in the same direction. The indigo which has been
-previously softened enters between the two plates by an opening in the
-centre of the upper one, and escapes in a thin paste by the
-circumference.
-
-The application of indigo to the coloring of textile fabrics requires
-the complete dissolving of the substance, for which the mechanical
-division is only a preliminary. There are only two known means of
-dissolving this substance: 1. By reduction; 2. By the action of
-concentrated sulphuric acid. The first means allows indigotine to be
-regenerated; and, when the dyeing is completed, it is pure indigotine
-which adheres to the colored fibre. By the second means, or dissolving
-by sulphuric acid, the coloring material enters into a new
-combination, from which it can never be separated: it becomes a new
-substance, endowed with new and special properties.
-
-_The fixing of Indigotine by means of Reduction_.—In this method the
-operator avails himself of one of the most remarkable qualities of
-indigotine: this is the facility with which this body takes up
-hydrogen, and becomes transformed into a colorless substance, which is
-soluble in favor of alkaline or alkaline-earthy bases, and is
-susceptible of reproducing indigotine by simple oxidation in contact
-with air. This hydrogenized substance is called white indigo. Blue
-indigo, or indigotine, is insoluble except by concentrated sulphuric
-acid; and this insolubility gives it its superiority to all other blue
-dyes. Not being soluble, it cannot, as blue indigo, attach itself to
-the material to be dyed; but in the soluble form of white indigo it
-can perfectly penetrate the fibre. If by any means of oxidation we can
-transform the white indigo into blue indigotine, the latter becomes
-insoluble, and is imprisoned in the pores of the fibre. This is,
-briefly, the whole theory of the use of indigo in dyeing or printing,
-although the reaction may be applied in different ways to the coloring
-of fibres, such as—
-
-1. The indigo is dissolved by means of an alkaline reduction in a vat,
-and the fibre is immersed in the bath. This is the common blue vat.
-
-2. The solution prepared beforehand is painted by a hair pencil and
-printed by a stamp or roller upon only certain parts of the tissues.
-This is the pencil blue.
-
-3. The white indigo is precipitated under the form of a paste, in
-combination with a metallic oxide having strong reducing power, such
-as hydrated protoxide of tin, which prevents the too rapid reoxidation
-of the indigotine. The thickened paste is printed, and the tissue is
-placed in an alkaline bath (lime or soda), which, displacing the oxide
-of tin, forms a soluble combination of white indigo. The latter can
-then penetrate the fibre, and afterwards become fixed by reoxidation.
-This is the printer’s solid blue.
-
-4. The finely ground, but not dissolved indigo, is placed upon the
-tissue in such conditions that it can be dissolved and reduced in
-place. This done, the fixing of the indigotine is effected by
-oxidation. This is the method for China blue or _bleu faïence_.
-
-Without dwelling upon the details of these methods, we hasten to a
-consideration of the most important of all the applications of indigo:—
-
-
-DYEING BY THE INDIGO VAT.
-
-_The Copperas Vat_.—For dyeing cotton, the method of reduction found
-by experience to be the most convenient and practical is founded upon
-the action of the hydrate of the protoxide of iron in the presence of
-lime. The hydrated protoxide of iron is obtained from sulphate of iron
-(green vitriol, or copperas) with freshly burned lime. Certain
-precautions should be observed in the use of these materials. The
-copperas used for the preparation of these vats should be free from
-sulphate of copper, because the oxide of copper which would be formed
-in the vats rapidly oxidizes the reduced indigo, and causes its
-precipitation in the bath. The copperas ought not to contain red oxide
-of iron, nor sulphate of alumina. The coppery or oxidized vitriol may
-be purified by boiling the solution with pieces of iron, which
-precipitates the iron and neutralizes the oxide. The lime ought to be
-pure, containing no magnesia; when slacked lime has been exposed to
-the air, even for a short time, it absorbs carbonic acid, and becomes
-converted into chalk. The lime, therefore, should always be newly
-slacked. The ingredients, then, of a copperas vat are water, pure or
-purified green vitriol, indigo ground into a homogeneous impalpable
-paste, and pure and freshly slacked lime. The proportions used in
-different establishments are exceedingly variable. Those which answer
-for a laboratory vat, or a small vat used for precipitating the white
-indigo immediately for printing, are: indigo, one part; sulphate of
-iron, two parts; slacked lime, three parts. These proportions are not
-enough for the large vats used in dyeing pieces. In them it is
-necessary to make the quantities of lime and sulphate of iron larger
-than the theory of the vat requires. The excess of lime and hydrate of
-iron serve the purpose, whenever the vat is stirred, to repair the
-losses of indigo caused by its oxidation from contact with the air.
-Schutzenberger gives the proportions generally used by the dyers of
-France, as follows:—
-
- Indigo 1 part.
- Crystallized sulphate of iron 3 „
- Freshly slacked lime 3 „
-
-Others, he says, use more lime than copperas, as in the following
-proportion:—
-
- Indigo 2 parts.
- Sulphate of iron 5.5 „
- Quicklime 6.5 „
-
-M. de Kæppelin, who is especially familiar with the cotton dyeing in
-Mulhouse, describes the ordinary vats for cotton dyeing as bound with
-iron, and placed on the level of the ground. They hold from 3,000 to
-4,000 litres (1,055 gallons) of liquid. In preparing them the dyer
-fills them about three-quarters full of water, and pours in a milk of
-lime, prepared with 45 kilograms (100 lbs.) of freshly slacked lime; a
-fine liquid paste having been previously made from 15 kilograms (33
-lbs.) ground in water. This is added to the lime in the vat by
-portions, the liquid in the vat being stirred up by a rake after each
-portion of the indigo paste has been added. The indigo becomes
-dissolved in about twenty-four hours, when the vat can be used. After
-describing the manner in which the frame, or _champignon_, containing
-the goods to be dyed is arranged and immersed in the vat, this author
-continues: “It will be understood that the vat is composed according
-to the degree of intensity of the color which is sought to be
-obtained, and that hues more or less deep may be obtained by means of
-more or fewer repeated immersions of the fabric to be dyed. After each
-immersion the _champignon_ is lifted out of the vat, and the fabrics
-are left to _ungreen_ themselves by contact with the air. (It must be
-observed that, although soluble indigo is called white, because it is
-without color when carefully prepared in the laboratory, the goods,
-when first taken from the ordinary vat, are of a green color.) Exposed
-to the air, the soluble indigo is precipitated in the state of blue
-indigo upon the fibres of the tissue. This oxidation, or
-_dehydryzation_, may be hastened by plunging the tissue into a vat
-containing a solution, very much diluted with water, chloride of lime,
-bichromate of potash, or sulphuric acid. The first two act as
-oxidizing agents; the last facilitates the restoring of the blue
-indigo by depriving it of the lime which is in excess in the solution
-of indigo which the tissue has imbibed from the vat.”
-
-He adds further: “To facilitate the formation of blue indigo in the
-interior of the fabrics, the stuff to be dyed may be previously
-impregnated by a saline solution, which has the property of
-precipitating the white indigo from the alkaline solution, and of
-fixing itself more rapidly upon the tissue. Oxide of copper and oxide
-of manganese possess these properties in a high degree, and are used
-in many establishments to hasten the dyeing process, and produce an
-economy in raw materials. The pieces of cloth are placed in a solution
-of sulphate of copper, in the proportion of 15 to 20 grams to the
-litre (2.11 pints), and lightly thickened with starch. The fabrics,
-thus impregnated by a kind of mordant, before receiving the blue dye
-are first passed through a weak bath of milk of lime, which fixes the
-oxide of copper upon the tissue. The blues thus obtained are more
-intense, and have a peculiar lustre. This process is used in Austria
-and Germany, where cotton fabrics are printed on both sides of the
-tissue.”
-
-Coming to the English authorities, Dr. Grace Calvert, in his recent
-lectures before the Society of Arts, speaking of the cold vat for
-dyeing cotton, says: “The oldest, and still most generally employed
-method of preparing cold vats, consists of putting into a vat
-containing about 2000 gallons of water 60 lbs. of indigo, very finely
-powdered, 180 lbs. of slacked lime, and 120 lbs. of sulphate of
-protoxide of iron, or green vitriol (free from any trace of copper
-salt), the two latter substances being added from time to time. The
-greater part of the lime used unites with the sulphuric acid of the
-iron salt, to produce sulphate of lime or gypsum; and the liberated
-protoxide of iron removes the oxygen from the indigo, becoming
-converted into saline oxide, whilst the reduced indigo dissolves in
-the excess of lime employed.”
-
-He adds the following facts, which may be of practical value:—
-
-“Messrs. R. Schloesser & Co., of Manchester, have introduced within
-the last year or two a marked improvement, in the preparation of cold
-vats, which removes the great objections of the bulky precipitate of
-sulphate of lime, the formation of an oxide of iron, and the loss of
-indigo by its combination with the oxide of iron. The bath remaining
-much more fluid, the pieces are less apt to be spotted, and a better
-class of work is produced. To carry out their process, they add to the
-ordinary 2,000 gallon vat 20 lbs. of ground indigo, 30 lbs. of iron
-borings, 30 lbs. of _their remarkable powdered zinc_, and 35 lbs. of
-quicklime; the whole is stirred up from time to time, for twenty-four
-hours, when it is ready for use. If the bath is not considered
-sufficiently strong, a little more lime and zinc are introduced. The
-chemical theory of the process is, that the zinc, under the influence
-of the lime, decomposes the water, combining with its oxygen, and the
-hydrogen thus liberated removes oxygen from the indigo which then
-dissolves in the lime.”
-
-An excellent description of the processes employed at Manchester,
-England, in preparing and working the copperas, or cold vat, is given
-in Ure’s “Dictionary of Manufactures.” “The ingredients necessary for
-setting the vat are copperas, newly slacked quicklime, and water.
-Various proportions of these ingredients are employed, as, for
-instance: 1 part by weight of indigo (dry), 3 parts of copperas, and 4
-of lime; or, 1 of indigo, 2¹⁄₂₃ of copperas, and 3 of lime; or, 8 of
-indigo, 14 of copperas, and 20 of lime; or, 1 of indigo, ¾ of
-copperas, and 20 of lime; or 1 of indigo, 4 of copperas, and 1 of
-lime. The sulphate of iron should be as free as possible, from red
-oxide of iron, as well as sulphate of copper, which reoxidize the
-reduced indigo-blue. The vat, having been filled with water to near
-the top, the materials are introduced, and the whole, after being well
-stirred several times, is left to stand for about twelve hours. The
-chemical action which takes place is very simple. The protoxide of
-iron, which is set at liberty by the lime, reduces the indigo-blue;
-and the indigo, which is then dissolved by the excess of lime, forming
-a solution, which, on being examined in a glass, appears perfectly
-transparent and of a pure yellow color, and becomes covered, whenever
-it comes in contact with the air, with a copper-colored pellicle of
-regenerated indigo-blue. The sediment at the bottom of the vat
-consists of sulphate of lime, peroxide of iron, and the insoluble
-impurities of the indigo, such as indigo-brown in combination with
-lime, as well as sand, clay, &c. If an excess of lime is present, a
-little reduced indigo-blue will also be found in the sediment in
-combination with lime. The dyeing process itself is very simple.
-The vat having been allowed to settle, the goods are plunged into the
-clear liquor, and, after being moved about in it for some time, are
-taken out, allowed to drain, and exposed to the action of the
-atmosphere. While in the liquid, the fabric attracts a portion of the
-reduced indigo-blue. On now removing it from the liquid, it appears
-green, but soon becomes blue on exposure to the air, in consequence of
-the oxidation of the reduced indigo-blue. On again plunging it into
-the vat, the deoxidizing action of the vat does not again remove the
-indigo-blue which has been deposited within and around the vegetable
-or animal fibre, but, on the contrary, a fresh portion of the reduced
-indigo-blue is attracted, which, on removal from the liquid, is again
-oxidized like the first, and the color thus becomes a shade darker. By
-repeating this process several times the requisite depth of color is
-attained. This effect cannot, in any case, be produced by one
-immersion in the vat, however strong it may be. The beauty of the
-color is increased by finally passing the goods through diluted
-sulphuric or muriatic acid, which removes the adhering lime and oxide
-of iron. After being used for some time, the vat should be refreshed
-or fed with copperas and lime, upon which occasion the sediment must
-first be stirred up, and then allowed to settle again, so as to leave
-the liquor clear. The indigo-blue, however, is in course of time
-gradually removed, and by degrees the vat becomes capable of dyeing
-only pale shades of blue. When the color produced by it is only very
-faint, it is no longer worth while using it, and the contents are then
-thrown away. In dyeing cotton with indigo, it seems to be essential
-that the reduced indigo-blue should be in contact with lime. If potash
-or soda are used in its place, it is impossible to obtain dark shades
-of blue.”
-
-
-FERMENTING VATS FOR WOOL DYEING.
-
-The application of indigo-blue to wool and woollen tissues is always
-made by means of vats, which have special names; as, the pastel or
-woad vat, the urine vat, German vat, molasses vat, &c. The reduction
-or _hydrogenation_ of the indigo-blue is the result of a peculiar
-fermentation, which is developed within an alkaline liquor by means of
-nitrogenized substances and bodies rich in sugar or hydrocarbonized
-substances. It is known that in these conditions, especially where the
-temperature is slightly raised, the sugar is converted into butyric
-acid, and at the same time carbonic acid and hydrogen are set free. We
-find here the source of the nascent hydrogen which fixes itself upon
-the indigo-blue, and transforms it into white indigo, which is soluble
-in the alkalies of the vat. It has recently been observed that the
-butyric fermentation proceeds from the development of minute
-infusoria. These animalculæ live without any supply of oxygen, and, in
-fact, are killed in its presence. They therefore live at their ease in
-the vat of reduced indigo, where no oxygen is permitted to enter.
-
-The ingredients most usually employed for furnishing the
-hydrocarbonaceous substances for fermentation are bran and ground
-madder, although molasses is sometimes used. The nitrogenized material
-is found in the woad or pastel, which is often added in very large
-proportions to the fermenting vats. It is observed by the chemists who
-have studied this subject most carefully, that the preparation of
-vats, founded upon the principle of fermentation, does not repose upon
-principles so sure and constant as those of the copperas vat, and that
-many unforeseen accidents interpose to disturb the work of an
-inexperienced dyer. The phenomena in fermentations are often complex.
-It is admitted that in these phenomena theory has not said its last
-word, and that empiricism is often more fortunate than science. In
-conducting the operations of the warm fermenting vat, the conceit of
-the practical dyer, so often remarked upon, is not without foundation.
-By practical experience and the traditions of his art he has acquired
-a knowledge of the almost insensible modification in conditions which
-can change or arrest the chemical reaction. It is the knowledge of the
-workman, a knowledge almost instinctive, which can never be
-communicated to the books, and which is most respected by those most
-profoundly informed in theory.
-
-_The Woad or Pastel Vat_.—In former times woad, already referred to,
-was the only material known to the dyers of Europe for producing the
-blue color of indigo. For dyeing wool, the use of woad, now abandoned
-wholly in cotton dyeing, has been retained to the present day,
-generally for the purpose of exciting fermentation, and without regard
-to its effect in imparting color to the material to be dyed; for the
-woad grown in England, and used in the dye-houses of that country,
-contains no trace of coloring matter. The woad, or pastel, grown in
-the warmer districts of France contains about two per cent of
-indigotine, which is regarded in that country as an important addition
-to the coloring material, especially for improving the tone of the
-color. Various substitutes, such as rhubarb leaves, turnip and carrot
-tops, and weld, have been tried, but without advantage, with the
-exception, perhaps, of weld, which is still used by some dyers. Some
-chemists regard the use of woad as the remnant of a prejudice; but the
-better opinion is, that this material possesses peculiar
-fermentiscible qualities, whose exact action science has yet to resolve.
-
-According to Schutzenberger, the most recent and highest French
-authority, the dimensions of the pastel vat are about 6½ feet in
-diameter, by 9 in depth. 100 kilograms (221 lbs.) of pastel, in balls,
-is placed in the vat, which is then filled with boiling water. To this
-is added 10 kilograms (22 lbs.) of madder, 3 to 4 kilograms (about 6½
-to 8¾ lbs.) of bran, and 4 kilograms of quicklime, which has been
-slacked, and in the form of a _bouilli_. Sometimes weld is also added.
-After three hours of rest, the vat is well raked, and the operation is
-repeated every three hours. There is gradually developed a
-characteristic ammoniacal vapor, and a blue scum, with veins of deeper
-blue, forms on the surface; and the liquid, when agitated in the air,
-rapidly becomes blue. These symptoms indicate the dissolution of the
-indigotine of the woad; then there is added 10 kilograms (22 lbs.) of
-indigo which has been previously ground in water, and the vat is
-stirred. If the fermentation appears to be proceeding too actively,
-which is recognized by the disengagement of gases, it is checked by
-the addition of a proper dose of lime. On the other hand, the
-fermentation is made more active by increasing the dose of bran. The
-first dyes are not so good as those subsequently obtained, as the woad
-absorbs from the bath certain brown or yellow materials, kept in
-solution, and furnished as well by the pastel and madder as by the
-indigo itself. 100 kilograms of wool require from 8 to 12 kilograms of
-indigo. The vat is kept up by successive additions of indigo and lime,
-made in the evening.
-
-Another kind of pastel vat, prepared much like the last, receives an
-addition of a dose of potash. M. de Kæppelin describes it as the one
-at present in general use in France. Into a vat containing from 3,000
-to 4,000 litres (791 to 1,055 gallons) there is placed 75 kilograms
-(166 lbs.) of pastel in loaves, or which has undergone a kind of
-fermentation; or, what is preferable, 80 to 100 kilograms (176 to 221
-lbs.) of pastel or woad gathered without fermentation, and 10
-kilograms (22 lbs.) of indigo, ground to a paste with water. This
-mixture is well stirred, and there is added 4 kilograms (about 9 lbs.)
-of Avignon madder, and the same quantity of carbonate of potash. After
-the vat has been well raked there is added 2 kilograms (4½ lbs.) of
-slacked lime, and some pails of bran. The vat is well covered, either
-with a wooden lid, or woollen cloths. The fermentation is allowed to
-proceed, and after five or six hours the vat is uncovered and raked
-with much care for half an hour. This operation is repeated every
-three hours, until it is recognized that the indigo is well dissolved.
-In this case the bath ought to be of a beautiful yellow color, and be
-covered with a light blue irised film, veined with yellow at the least
-movement given to the liquid. If the fermentation proceeds too
-rapidly, a little lime is added to moderate it.
-
-For keeping up a vat like this, and to obviate the different
-inconveniences to which it is subject, the dyer sometimes adds lime,
-or sugar, and carbonate of ammonia, sometimes madder, or bran, or even
-tartar-lees. These last additions are made to saturate the excess of
-lime which the vat contains. In this case the yellow veins and the
-beautiful blue scum which cover the surface disappear, or become pale;
-a piquant odor is disengaged, and the liquor becomes blackish. When
-lime or sugar are added, it is for the purpose of retarding the
-fermentation of the woad. Sugar might even entirely take the place of
-pastel for effecting the reduction of the indigo, and many
-establishments in France are commencing to use it for this purpose. A
-good vat, well supplied with successive additions of indigo, pastel,
-bran, and madder, in proportions necessary to effect and prolong the
-fermentation necessary for the dissolution of the indigo, may be kept
-up many years.
-
-Schutzenberger observes that the vats of fermentation are subject to
-certain maladies, the two most frequent of which are due, one to an
-excess, and the other to an insufficient quantity of lime. “In the
-first case, the liquid takes a tint more and more free of color, loses
-its _fleurée_ (surface scum) and odor; the fermentation is then
-arrested by the precipitation of the active matters. This
-inconvenience is remedied, if seen in time, by adding sulphate of
-iron, which eliminates the too great excess of lime. In the second,
-the fermentation becomes too active, passes into a putrid
-fermentation, and the liquid assumes a reddish tint; a fabric dyed
-with indigo in this state becomes very soon discolored. The sole means
-of safety is to heat the bath up to 90° and to add lime. If this does
-not accomplish the purpose of arresting the putrefaction the vat is
-lost.”
-
-The following account of the method of dyeing woollen goods with
-indigo by means of the woad vat is given by Dr. Ure, as that carried
-on in Yorkshire, the great centre of the woollen manufacture of England.
-
-“The dye-vats employed are circular, having a diameter of six feet six
-inches, and depth of seven feet, and are made of cast-iron
-five-eighths of an inch in thickness. They are surrounded by
-brickwork, a space of three inches in width being left between the
-brickwork and the iron, for the purpose of admitting steam, by means
-of which the vats are heated. The interior surface of the brickwork is
-well cemented. In setting a vat the following materials are used: 5
-cwt. of woad, 30 lbs. of indigo, 56 lbs. of bran, 7 lbs. of madder, 10
-quarts of lime. The woad supplied to the Yorkshire dyers is grown and
-prepared in Lincolnshire. It is in the form of a thick, brownish
-yellow paste, having a strong ammoniacal smell. The indigo is ground
-with water in the usual manner. The madder acts in promoting
-fermentation, but it also serves to give a reddish tinge to the color.
-The lime is prepared by putting quicklime into a basket, then dipping
-it in water for an instant, lifting it out again, and then passing it
-through a sieve, by which means it is reduced to a fine powder, called
-by the dyers _ware_. The vat is first filled with water, which is
-heated to 140° F., after which the materials are put in, and the whole
-is well stirred until the woad is dissolved or diffused, and it is
-then left to stand undisturbed overnight; at six o’clock the next
-morning the liquor is again stirred up, and five quarts more of lime
-are added; at ten o’clock five pints of lime are again thrown in, and
-at twelve o’clock the heat is raised to 120° F., which temperature
-must be kept up until three o’clock, when another quart of lime is
-introduced. The vat is now ready for dyeing. When the process of
-fermentation is proceeding in a regular manner, the liquid, though
-muddy from insoluble vegetable matter in suspension, is of a yellow or
-olive yellow color; its surface is covered with a blue froth or
-copper-colored pellicle, and it exhales a peculiar ammoniacal odor; at
-the bottom of the vat there is a mass of undissolved, matter of a
-dirty yellow color. If there is an excess of lime present, the liquor
-has a dark green color, and is covered with a grayish film, and, when
-agitated, the bubbles which are formed agglomerate on the surface, and
-are not easily broken. Cloth dyed in a liquid of this kind loses its
-color on being washed. This state of the vat is remedied by the
-addition of bran, and is of no serious consequence. When, on the other
-hand, there is a deficiency of lime, or, in other words, when the
-fermentation is too active, the liquor acquires first a drab, then a
-clay-like color; when agitated, the bubbles which form on its surface
-burst easily, and when stirred up from the bottom with a rake it
-effervesces slightly, or _frits_, as the dyers say. If the
-fermentation be not checked at this stage, putrefaction soon sets in,
-the liquid begins to exhale a fetid odor, and when stirred evolves
-large quantities of gas, which burns with a blue flame on the
-application of a light. The indigo is now totally destroyed, and the
-contents of the vat may be thrown away. No further addition of woad is
-required after the introduction of the quantity taken in first setting
-the vat, the fermentation being kept up by adding daily about four
-pounds of bran with one quart or three quarts of lime. Indigo is also
-added daily for about three or four months. The vat is then used for
-the purpose of dyeing light shades, until the indigo contained in it
-is quite exhausted, and its contents are then thrown away.”
-
-This author adds: “Woollen cloth, before being dyed, is boiled in
-water for one hour, then passed immediately under cold water. If it be
-suffered to lie in heaps after being boiled it undergoes some change,
-which renders it afterwards incapable of taking up color in the vat.
-In dyeing, the cloth is placed on a net-work of rope attached to an
-iron ring, which is suspended by four iron chains to a depth of about
-three feet beneath the surface of the liquor. The cloth is stirred
-about in the liquor by means of hooks for about twenty or thirty
-minutes. It is then taken out and well wrung. It now appears green,
-but, on being unfolded and exposed to the air, rapidly becomes blue.
-When the vat has an excess of lime the cloth has a dark green color
-when taken out. It is then passed through hot water, and dipped again
-if a darker shade is required.”
-
-_The Indian Vat_.—This presents much analogy to the woad vat, as the
-fermentation of vegetable matters effects the transformation of the
-indigo-blue. According to Dr. Calvert, the Indian vat, probably so
-called from its origin in the East, is taking the place in England of
-the old woad vat for dyeing wool and woollens. He describes its
-preparation as follows: 8 lbs. of powdered indigo is added to a bath
-containing 3½ lbs. of bran, 3½ lbs. of madder, and 12 lbs. of potash,
-which is maintained for several hours at a temperature of 200° F. It
-is then allowed to cool to 100° F., when fermentation ensues. After
-about forty-eight hours the indigo is rendered soluble, being reduced
-by the decomposition of the sugar and other products contained in the
-bran and the madder root during the process of fermentation. The
-distinguishing feature of this vat is the use of _potash_. The Indian
-or potash vats are spoken of by the best authorities as more easy to
-manage than the woad vat. They are less subject to accidents, and
-yield their coloring material more readily to the fibre, while three
-times as much wool can be dyed in the same time. On the other hand,
-they do not last so long, and require to be renewed at the end of
-twenty-five or thirty days. Besides, the fibres dyed in the potash vat
-have a darker shade than those dyed in the woad vat, owing to the
-large quantity of the coloring matter of the madder dissolved by the
-potash, which becomes fixed on the stuff with the indigo-blue.
-
-_The Urine Vat_, but little used except for domestic dyeing, is
-founded upon the same principles as the other fermenting vats. This
-excretion, when putrefied, contains at the same time the nitrogenized
-principles which work as ferments and the alkali in the form of
-ammonia necessary for dissolving the indigo.
-
-According to Dr. Calvert, improvements have been made of late years in
-the fermenting indigo vats by which the expense of madder is avoided.
-They are now prepared by adding to water, at a temperature of 200° F.,
-2 buckets of bran, 26 lbs. of soda crystals, 12 lbs. of indigo, and 5
-lbs. of slacked lime. After five hours the bath is allowed to cool to
-100° F., when fermentation ensues, and the indigo is dissolved in the
-alkali. This is, in fact, the German vat, soda taking the place of the
-potash, and the only fermenting material consisting of bran.
-
-_The German Vat_ is largely used by the dyers in the north of France,
-and is considered as more advantageous than the Indian vat, because
-the employment of soda is more economical than that of potash, while
-the vat can be maintained as long as two years. The vats used by them
-are prepared as follows: The water is heated to a temperature of 95°,
-and receives 20 pails of bran, 11 kilograms (about 24 lbs.) of
-crystals of carbonate of soda, 5.5 kilograms (11 lbs.) of indigo, and
-4½ lbs. of slacked lime. After twelve hours, the temperature having
-been kept at 40° or 50°, fermentation commences, the liquid becomes of
-a greenish blue color, and disengages bubbles of gas. Indigo, soda,
-and lime are put in from time to time in the proportions above
-indicated, and also from six to eight pounds of molasses. At the end
-of the third day the vat is fit for use.
-
-M. de Kæppelin, writing in. 1864, informs us that the reduction of
-indigo by means of molasses, is at present largely employed in the
-great establishments for dyeing woollen cloth at Sedan, Louviers, and
-Elbœuf.
-
-The vat used is of very large dimensions, and from twenty-two to
-twenty-six pounds of indigo are dissolved in it; an equal weight of
-molasses is used, and three or four times the same weight of potash
-made caustic by a proportionate addition of lime.
-
-The space reserved for this subject in our present paper will not
-permit us to enter upon a description of the processes used in the
-American dye-houses. This, as well as the applications of indigo in
-printing, and the uses of sulphate of indigo, must be deferred to
-another number.
-
-Let us, in concluding the first part of our paper, at the risk of
-repetition, bring out in bolder relief a statement which presents the
-philosophy of all the various processes of the indigo vat, and at the
-same time, a conclusive argument for the use of this material, in
-preference to all cheaper substitutes. Indigo cannot enter into a
-fibre until it is dissolved. It cannot be dissolved so long as it is
-in a blue state. When reduced by any of the processes above described
-to the white state, it is easily dissolved, and can enter the pores of
-the fibre. Upon exposure to the oxygen of the air it takes up an
-equivalent of oxygen; it returns to the blue state, and, being then
-insoluble, it cannot be washed away from the fabric, and being
-saturated with oxygen it cannot be changed by air or light. This
-theory of the application of indigo involves a lesson to
-manufacturers, dealers, and consumers, especially of woollen fabrics.
-The theory, as well as experience, dating back to the dawn of the
-textile arts in the East, establishes that this material is
-incalculably superior to any other, in permanence at least, for
-imparting to woollen fibre a blue color, or as a foundation for most
-of the darker colors. By far the largest proportion of all cloths are
-of dark colors,—blue, black, green, brown, gray, or mixed,—and can
-advantageously receive in all or a portion of the fibre constituting
-them a direct dye or bottom for other dyes from indigo. It may be
-safely stated that, as a whole, no cloths in the world are
-manufactured from such good wool as those produced in the United
-States. We might expect that the shoddy goods of Yorkshire should be
-further falsified by fugacious dyes; but is it not a shame that our
-admirable wool should be deprived of half its value by parsimony in
-dyeing? The slightest shortcomings in dyeing are revealed in wear. The
-writer cannot forbear referring to an illustration directly before his
-eyes. He is wearing a garment, reduced now to the retired service of
-an office coat, made of an admirable cheviot cloth of American
-manufacture. The cloth originally was selected not only for its
-excellent texture, but as an illustration of philosophical principles
-applied in the formation of color. The tissue was made by weaving
-three yarns of distinct colors,—blue, yellow, and red. Either of those
-hues alone would have been glaring and conspicuous, but, by the law of
-color, the combination of blue, red, and yellow makes black, and the
-new cloth at a distance had the effect of a dark mixture. Upon
-exposure to ordinary wear, the yellow and red have retained their
-pristine hues; the blue, not being indigo dyed, has faded; and the
-original dark mixture, although sound in fabric, has become of a
-yellowish brown. The extra expense of a permanent dyeing material
-forms so small a proportion of the whole cost of a finished garment,
-that it ought not to be generally spared. The reform cannot be made by
-the manufacturers; it must be made by the dealers, and especially by
-that class of producers which has risen in our day into such great
-importance,—the manufacturers of ready-made clothing. If they would
-demand of the manufacturers, and furnish to their customers cloths
-more permanently dyed, it would be another step in the direction to
-which these establishments are tending,—the supply of the chief
-portion of the woollen clothing of the people. The manufacturers would
-gladly aid them; for it is the growing sentiment of American
-manufacturers that all their productions should be, in the proverbial
-phrase adopted from the dye-house, as expressing the highest
-excellence,—_true blue_.
-
-
-BIBLIOGRAPHY.
-
-Citations of authorities having been but partially made in the
-preceding article, the writer, for the purpose of giving his sources
-of information, and for the convenience of those who wish to pursue
-the subject further, appends a list of the more important works which
-he has consulted:—
-
-Schutzenberger’s Traité des Matières Colorantes, t. ii. (the most
-recent and best modern authority); Bancroft’s Philosophy of
-Permanent Colors, vol. i.; Edinburgh Encyclopædia; Berzelius,
-Traité de Chimie, t. vi; Chevrueil, Leçons de Chimie Appliquée à
-Teinture, t. iii.; Dumas, Chimie Appliquée aux Arts, t. viii;
-Wurtz, Dictionnaire de Chimie, 1872, art. Indigo; Indigo et son
-Emploi, par De Kæppelin; Annales du Génie Civil, 1864, t. iii.;
-Lectures of Dr. Grace Calvert, Chemical News, Aug. 9 and 23, 1872;
-O’Neill’s Dictionary of Dyeing and Printing; Napier’s Chemistry
-Adapted to Dyeing; Muspratt’s Chemistry Applied to the Arts,
-articles Indigo and Dyeing; Ure’s Dictionary of Manufactures, ed.
-of 1860; Proceedings of Royal Society, vol. xvi.; Proceedings of
-Literary and Philosophic Society of Manchester, vol. iv.; McCulloch’s
-Dictionary of Commerce, ed. 1869; Dictionnaire Universel du
-Commerce, &c., ed. 1861; _South Carolina Production_.—Ramsay’s
-History; Drayton’s South Carolina; Silliman’s Journal, vol. xviii.
-A more complete bibliography is given in Schutzenberger’s work.
-
-
-PART II.
-
-PART II.
-
-We entered upon the subject of indigo, which we have treated at some
-length in our last issue, as much in the interest of the people as of
-manufacturers, for we were deeply impressed with the conviction that
-no improvement in our manufacturing processes would confer more
-benefit upon the masses than imparting stability of color to the
-clothing of the people. When one has a deep conviction upon a subject,
-upon which others have equal opportunities for judging, he may be sure
-that he is not alone in his impressions. He is moved by one of those
-waves of thought which, operating simultaneously upon many minds,
-gives that uniformity to public opinion at which we so often wonder.
-We are gratified to find, from responses to our last article, that we
-are not alone in our conviction of the importance of reviving “true
-blue” dyes. The head of a mercantile house, the extent of whose
-_clientèle_ in mills both of wool and cotton is hardly surpassed, has
-assured us that we have not overstated the reform in dyeing which we
-have advocated. He had long shared in our convictions. Pointing to the
-throng of men in the crowded street, where we were conversing, he
-remarked that there was hardly a man in the crowd whose clothing would
-not have been improved by indigo dye. “The failure to use indigo
-dyes,” he emphatically said, “costs the laboring people of this
-country millions of dollars every year. The fault is not to be charged
-to our own manufacturers alone; for the blue coat which I wear, and
-which I bought in Paris, annoys me by the crocking caused by its
-aniline dye.” In one very large mill of which he is director as well
-as selling agent, he is putting his principles in practice. All the
-heavy blue cloths intended for popular consumption are faithfully
-dyed, and each bears a stamp, “Warranted indigo dyed.” The ready-made
-clothing establishments which largely consume these goods have already
-found their advantage in purchasing them, and a similar stamp is
-attached to each article made from this cloth.
-
-Some of our most celebrated cotton fabrics have won and still retain
-their reputation by the use of indigo dyes. The ginghams are a signal
-illustration. The blue check is formed by weaving cotton yarns dyed
-blue in the cold indigo vat with undyed yarns. These goods can be
-washed indefinitely without change.
-
-Another illustration is the famous A.B.A. Amoskeag tickings, an
-article of such excellence that the question of the right to use
-trade-mark A.B.A. gave rise to the leading American case in this
-branch of law.[3] A prominent feature in these goods was and still is
-the permanence of the dye in the blue stripe, produced by the cold
-indigo vat. Still another illustration is the blue and white “shirting
-stripe” first made by Mr. Samuel Batchelder, at the Hamilton Mills,
-now so generally adopted for sailors’ shirts. The indigo dye enables
-the color to resist the roughest possible usage.
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [3] See the case stated at length in our article on Trade-marks,
- Bulletin, vol. i. p. 102.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-To recur to the application of indigo dyeing to wool and woollens. We
-have been unable, although we have written more than fifty letters of
-inquiry upon the subject, to learn of any peculiarity or improvements
-in the American processes of wool dyeing with indigo.[4] Our dyers are
-for the most part foreigners. For this reason, or because the art of
-indigo dyeing has long since reached perfection in the best
-establishments abroad, they rigidly pursue the old European methods.
-The best dyers regard the successful management of the warm fermenting
-vats for wool as the highest test of their art. We have already spoken
-of the complicity of the phenomena in fermentations. Practical dyers
-endow the fermenting vat with a sort of personality. “An indigo vat,”
-says one to us, “is more like a sick man than any thing in the world:
-you have to watch it as you would a sick patient, and give it physic
-or ferments to stir up the system and purify it.” [5] The diagnosis of
-a sick vat requires that sort of instinctive knowledge which
-experience gives to the practised physician. The impatience of our
-young Americans will not permit them to serve the long apprenticeship
-necessary to acquire the proper experience. The artisans not
-thoroughly trained will naturally prefer the dyes and processes
-introduced by modern science, which require but little skill in their
-application. It is a curious fact that the influence of the national
-government has been largely instrumental in preserving the old system
-of indigo dyeing. Thanks to the Quartermaster-General’s Bureau, or the
-man of science, General Meigs, who presides over it, indigo dyed
-cloths have been persistently insisted upon for the army. The late war
-gave a new impulse to indigo dyeing. A skilled dyer, whom we have
-consulted, was constantly employed in Connecticut, on a tour of
-professional inspection of a dozen or more different establishments
-making army goods. No doctor, he says, ever found in hospital practice
-more complications of disease than he found in the ailing vats. Among
-other difficulties there was a deficiency of imported woads, although
-the cultivation of excellent woad immediately sprung up in
-Connecticut. In the mean time carrot and rhubarb tops were used as
-substitutes for the fermenting material of the woad. Carrot-tops grown
-expressly for that purpose brought as high as twenty-five cents per
-pound. Since the war the requisitions for indigo dyed woollen goods
-have not relaxed, and the art is not likely to be lost.
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [4] A reply by Mr. D. R. Whitney, an extensive indigo importer,
- to a letter of inquiry, enables us to correct some errors in our
- former article, under the head of “commerce in indigo.” The value
- of export from India in 1862–63, stated in dollars, through a
- typographical error, should have been pounds sterling; thus,
- instead of $2,126,814, read £2,126,814. It is stated in our first
- article that the telegrams show a decline of price of indigo in
- the Indian trade of from 50 to 75 per cent; “per cent” should
- read “rupees,” which would make a decline of from 25 to 30 per
- cent. The reason for the decline, as stated by Mr. Whitney, is
- the unusually large crop of this year. The average crop of indigo
- in Bengal is about 100,000 maunds. The crop of this year is
- 135,000 maunds, about 30 to 35 per cent above the average.
-
- According to Mr. Whitney, the consumption of Bengal indigo in the
- United States was 2,458 cases of 270 lbs. to a case on an
- average, in 1871; and in 1872, 1,802 cases. Guatemala indigo,
- 3,132 serroons in 1871, and 2,578 serroons in 1872.
-
- [5] See notes on “sickness” of vats in Appendix.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-With the real difficulties which attend the process, it is hard for
-indigo dyeing to sustain itself in the face of cheap substitutes of
-easy application, such as the Nicholson blue. It is exceedingly
-difficult to piece dye with indigo and preserve a uniform hue upon the
-cloth. Hence indigo dyes are generally given in the wool. The wool
-absorbing the foreign material of the dye is more difficult to work in
-the operations of carding and spining. In other words, a finer and
-costlier wool is required. A great _desideratum_ therefore is a means
-of piece dyeing with indigo so as to preserve a perfect uniformity of
-hue throughout the piece. This, we are happy to say, has been recently
-successfully accomplished by one of the largest and most faithful of
-our cloth-making establishments. It would be premature, before the
-patents are secured for this invention, to explain the ingenious and
-expensive apparatus devised for this purpose, which constitutes in
-fact a battery of vats so arranged that the operation may be
-continuous. The experiments authorize the statement that bottom dyes
-of indigo, so desirable for a great variety of colors, can be applied
-with no other additional cost than that of the dyeing material. When
-this establishment, as it proposes, stamps upon the cards which
-designate goods, already so admirable in material and texture,
-“Warranted indigo dyed,” we shall regard it as an era in the American
-card-wool manufacture.
-
-The old European woad vat process is that used in all our
-establishments. Mr. Henderson of the Washington Mills, whose
-experience as a practical dyer of wool is exceptionally large, informs
-us that he has found no work so instructive upon this process as
-Napier’s “Chemistry of Dyeing” (published by Henry Carey Baird, of
-Philadelphia, 1869). Napier’s description of the process is extracted
-from Dumas’s “Lectures on Dyeing.” The appreciation expressed by so
-competent a judge induces us to reprint Dumas’s description in an
-appendix to this article.
-
-That we may give at least a general view of the whole subject, we will
-proceed to consider indigo in some relations not yet adverted to.
-
-In Part I. of our notes we have treated only of the application of
-this substance in dyeing by means of reduction through the indigo vat.
-Indigo may be applied by means of reduction in the printing of
-fabrics, as well as in dyeing them. A true scientific arrangement
-would compel us next in order to consider this other application of
-indigo by means of reduction. But the more natural and practical order
-is to pursue the subject of dyeing, and to consider next the
-applications of the derivatives from indigo in dyeing proper.
-
-
-SULPHURIC DERIVATIVES,—SAXON BLUE, &C.
-
-The powerful action of sulphuric acid upon indigo, and the bright and
-lively blue color thereby produced, had been observed by chemists long
-ago; but no person appears to have applied this color upon cloth,
-until it was done about the year 1740, by Counsellor Barth, at
-Grossenhein, in Saxony. The vividness of the dye, and the facility
-with which it was applied, brought it into great vogue under the name
-of Saxon blue, from its origin. Its popularity in former times is
-evinced by the words of the old song, “The Blue Bells of Scotland:”—
-
- “In what clothes, in what clothes is your Highland laddie clad?
- His bonnet’s of the Saxon blue, his waistcoat of the plaid.”[6]
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [6] First sung by Mrs. Jordan, about the year 1799.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The Saxon blue consists simply of a solution of indigo, the Guatemala
-blue indigo being preferred, in sulphuric acid suitably diluted with
-water. The result of this reaction is not a single chemical substance,
-but two acids giving different tints, one called _sulpho-purpuric_
-acid or _phenicine_, and the other _sulpho-indigotic_ acid; the first
-giving to wool a reddish-violet color, and the other a pure blue. A
-third compound has been indicated by Berzelius, the nature of which
-has not been determined. Whether one or the other of the two named
-acids, or the two combined, shall be produced by the reaction between
-the sulphuric acid and the indigo, depends upon the duration of the
-contact, the temperature of the mixture, and the nature and proportion
-of the acid used.
-
-Persoz gives the following general receipt:—
-
- “1 part by weight of indigo, finely rubbed.
- 1 „ „ „ „ Nordhaussen acid.
- 1 „ „ „ „ ordinary sulphuric acid.
-Leave for forty-eight hours, then heat until a drop turned into
-water will dissolve without producing a precipitate. Leave to cool,
-and dilute with water till the strength is brought to 18 Beaumé.”
-
-Napier says that he has found the following method of preparing
-sulphate of indigo, in quantities for use, very satisfactory: “The
-indigo is reduced to an impalpable powder, and completely dried by
-placing it on a sand bath or flue for some hours at a temperature of
-about 150° F. For each pound of indigo six pounds of highly
-concentrated sulphuric acid are put into a large jar, or earthen pot,
-furnished with a cover. This is kept in as dry a place as possible,
-and the indigo is added gradually in small quantities. The vessel is
-kept closely covered, and care taken that the heat of the solution
-does not exceed 212°F. When the indigo is all added, the vessel is
-placed in such a situation that the heat may be kept up at about
-150°F., and allowed to stand, stirring occasionally, for forty-eight
-hours. These precautions being attended to, we have uniformly found
-that any failure occurring was clearly traceable to the impurity of
-the indigo or weakness of the acid used.”
-
-The processes for producing and separating the two acids derived from
-the combination of sulphur and indigo are minutely given by Berzelius,
-in vol. i. of his “Traité de Chemie,” who states this curious fact
-illustrative of the peculiar affinities of wool with certain dyeing
-substances. Wool or flannel thoroughly scoured, when immersed in the
-blue solution of indigo with sulphuric acid, acts as a base: it
-combines gradually with the acid blue, and becomes itself colored of a
-deep blue. When saturated with color, it is withdrawn. Fresh wool is
-introduced until the bath yields no more color. If sublimed or
-perfectly pure indigo is used, there remains in the bath nothing but
-free sulphuric acid. The wool thus plays the part of a base with which
-the blue acids combine. The dyed wool is afterwards washed and treated
-in feeble alkaline bath (ammonia), which redissolves the blue. This
-method of purifying the Saxon blue is still practised by French
-manufacturers.
-
-The combination of indigo with sulphuric acid, sometimes improperly
-called sulphate of indigo, is known by the dyers here and in England
-under the name of _chemic_. The name of _chemic_ blue or green is also
-given the dyes formed from the indigo extract hereafter spoken of. It
-is largely used for making certain greens required in Scotch plaids.
-
-The old Saxon blue or simple solution of indigo with sulphuric acid is
-now seldom prepared by the manufacturers themselves. It is now
-generally prepared for them, and furnished commercially under the name
-of _indigo extract_. The finer qualities used for fine dyeing and
-printing are known under the name of _carmines_ of indigo, _neutral
-extract_, _soluble indigo_, _ceruline_, &c.
-
-The production of indigo carmines, which are simply alkaline
-sulphindigotates or sulpho-purpurates, is founded upon their
-insolubility in a liquid charged with a salt.
-
-If, for example, we dissolve one part of indigo in four parts of
-fuming acid, and dilute the liquid with sixty or eighty times its
-weight of water, it will contain, besides the _sulphindigotic_ acid,
-an excess of sulphuric acid. By adding one part of crystals of soda so
-as to neutralize the bath, there will be formed not only
-sulphindigotate of soda, but sulphate of soda: as the former is
-insoluble in the saline liquid, the presence of the sulphate of soda
-causes the precipitation of the sulphindigotate in deep blue
-floccules. These are collected on woollen filters and washed to remove
-the sulphate of soda and a green coloring material, probably a
-modified chlorophyl, which the paste often contains, and which has the
-singular property of fixing itself on silk, but not on wool.
-
-The carmines are divided according to their richness in indigo into
-simple carmine (4.96 per cent of indigo, water 89, saline materials
-57), double carmine (10.2 per cent indigo, water 85, salts 4–8),
-triple carmine (12.4 per cent indigo water, 73.7, salts 13.9). A
-species of solid carmine known as Boiley blue or purple is in high
-repute in France.
-
-The carmines may be tested by dyeing a specimen of wool in an
-acidulated bath to which cream of tartar has been added. The presence
-of the green matter, so objectionable to silk-dyers who make much use
-of these carmines, is detected by rubbing a small quantity of the
-carmine on a piece of glazed paper, which, when the color dries, gives
-a color varying from blue to a rich copper color: if any green
-coloring matter is left, it shows itself by a green aureola around the
-blue color. The method of applying the carmines in dyeing wool and
-silk,—for they are not adapted to cotton fabrics,—as given by M. de
-Kæppelin, is as follows:—
-
-The operation is conducted in small wooden vats, provided with
-openings for manipulation, and pipes for inducting steam to heat the
-baths to the proper temperature. It consists of two parts, that of
-mordanting and dyeing. The former is thus conducted.
-
-For each kilogram of tissue which has been previously scoured and
-bleached, there are provided 200 grammes of cream of tartar and 250
-grammes of alum. These are dissolved in the bath of water of the vat,
-the temperature is raised to boiling heat, and the tissue is immersed
-in the bath f of an hour while it is worked over through the opening
-for manipulation. The pieces are then taken from the bath, to which is
-added a solution of the carmine in water containing a quantity of
-coloring matter proportionate to the intensity of the blue sought for.
-The solution ought to be prepared with care and passed through a silk
-sieve, so that the small insoluble grains which might have been left
-through bad fabrication may be left on the sieve. After the pieces
-have been manipulated in the colored bath, so as to exhaust the color
-and obtain the required blue, they should be rapidly washed in running
-water and dryed in the shade. Silk stuffs are dyed in the same way;
-but the alum should be previously applied cold by means of a saturated
-solution of alum, in which the stuffs should be immersed for an hour.
-
-
-COLORS NOT FAST.
-
-In regard to all the combinations of indigo with sulphuric acid,
-including the carmines, it must be observed that their application
-does not constitute true indigo dyeing: the colors are not fast. It is
-not pure indigotine which is fastened on the tissues as in the vat
-dyeing, but another compound of indigo with the sulphur. Berzelius
-observes that “the color of soluble indigo is fully as alterable and
-fugacious as that of the colors extracted by the decoction of
-vegetable materials. By a long exposure to the sun the indigo blue is
-destroyed: it becomes green during evaporation, and changes its
-nature.” The carmines as well as the sulphur acids are easily
-decolorized by reducing agents, such as hydrogen and sulphuretted
-hydrogen, although they gradually assume their original color when
-exposed to the atmosphere. We are informed by some of the older
-dealers that imported cloths and merino stuffs known as “Saxony” were
-formerly largely sold in our shops, but that, notwithstanding their
-attractiveness to purchasers, they were objectionable on account of
-the instability of their color.
-
-
-APPLICATION OF INDIGO IN PRINTING STUFFS.
-
-Our notes would be incomplete without some reference to the uses of
-indigo in printing fabrics. In pursuing this branch, we are
-embarrassed on the one hand by the consideration that the subject is
-too technical for the general reader, and on the other by the
-consciousness that it would be presumption in us to attempt to
-instruct those skilled in the art. It may not, however, be without
-benefit in producing a higher appreciation of science for the general
-reader to observe how science comes in play, even in the printing of a
-single color; while to the skilled reader our notes may possibly be of
-value as a vehicle for conveying some receipts taken from works not
-easily accessible.
-
-
-PRINTING STUFFS OF WOOL AND SILK, AND STUFFS WITH COTTON WARPS.
-
-This branch of our subject is directly allied to the one last
-considered, the application of the compounds of sulphur and indigo;
-for indigo is applied to printing wool and silk principally in the
-form of indigo carmines. These applications are less numerous than
-they were formerly, since they have been replaced by Prussian blue,
-and more recently by the aniline blues, which are now generally used.
-When the carmines are used, it is for making sky blues, and they enter
-into the composition of some greens and browns. The salts of alumina
-and vegetable acids are used to fix the indigo carmine upon tissues of
-wool and silk. Some receipts recommended by M. de Kæppelin, himself a
-practical printer, are given in a note.[7]
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [7] BLUE NO. 1.
- Indigo carmine 400 grammes.
- Alum 100 „
- Oxalic acid 150 „
- Boiling water 1¼ litre
- Gum water prepared in proportion of
- 1 kilogram to the litre 1¼ litre
-
- GREEN NO. 1.
- Gum water as above 12 litres.
- Cuba lac 12 „
- Alum 1 kilogram, 500 grammes.
- Oxalic acid 2 „
- Indigo carmine 4 „
-
- BOUILLON FOR THE GREENS AND BLUES.
- Boiling water 12 litres.
- Alum 600 grammes.
- Oxalic acid 750 „
- Gum water 12 „
-
- SKY BLUE FOR WOOLLEN STUFF WITH COTTON WARP.
-
- First solution.—Boiling water 4 litres.
- Cyanuret of iron and potash 800 grammes.
- Second solution.—Boiling water 2 „
- Tartaric acid 300 „
-
- Third solution.—Cold water 3 „
- Sulphuric acid 300 „
-
- Pour in the first solution, then the second and third, agitating the
- color with a spatula after each new addition.
-
- The following mixture is afterwards applied to the stuff:—
-
- Gum water 12 litres.
- Water 6 „
- Blue No. 1 for wool 3 „
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-In printing tissues of wool with cotton warp, the carmines are not
-used alone. They are combined in certain proportions with cyanites of
-iron and potash, to obtain upon the cotton a blue color of equal
-intensity with that produced by the carmines upon wool. It is also
-necessary to previously mordant the fabrics by means of a solution of
-oxide of tin or caustic soda which is precipitated on the fibres by
-passing through a bath of water, to which sulphuric acid has been added.
-
-
-APPLICATIONS OF INDIGO IN PRINTING COTTON FABRICS.
-
-Before entering upon methods used in large establishments, it may not
-be without interest to observe the processes still used in Java for
-printing calicoes, which the natives prefer to any imported from
-Europe. In Java there are no factories, and the women in each family
-make and dye or print all the cotton cloths required for their own
-consumption. They apply by means of a brush or pencil, which they use
-with great skill, to the cotton tissue which they wish to cover a thin
-coating of wax mixed with a little resin, the wax being applied to all
-the parts where the design, which has been first traced upon the
-cloth, requires that the fabric should remain uncolored. They then
-immerse the stuff several times in an indigo vat until they have
-obtained the desired tint. The stuff is afterwards washed and dried
-for a new application of the wax, carefully applied with a pencil as
-before. The cloth is then immersed in a bath of a different color,
-made with madder or catechu, but always of some dye which is perfectly
-stable; and the operation is repeated according to the number of
-colors desired. By these successive applications of wax and immersions
-into different vats, they succeed in producing very complicated and
-harmonious colors, while no European goods compare with them in
-stability of dye.
-
-In the European, and our own manufacture, the blue bottoms upon
-vegetable fibres, made by immersion in the indigo vat, are combined
-with white impressions, or others variously colored, by two distinct
-methods. Sometimes there is printed upon the cloth before dyeing in
-the indigo vat a preparation called a reserve or resist, which
-prevents the indigotine from being deposited in the places where it is
-applied. Sometimes, on the contrary, the indigo, which has been
-uniformly fixed upon the fabric, is destroyed in certain places marked
-out by printing upon them certain chemical agents, called _discharges_.
-
-The _reserves_ are mechanical, resisting the penetration of the dye,
-such as wax and pipe clay, or chemical. The last, through these acid
-or oxidizing properties, cause the precipitation of the indigotine
-before it has touched the fibre or penetrated into its pores. Such are
-the salts of copper and bi-chlorate of mercury. Other bodies perform
-the part both of mechanical and chemical reserves. The salts of zinc
-or alumina, for instance, which are frequently used, produce at the
-same time a deposit of indigo white and a gelatinous covering of
-hydrated oxide of zinc or aluminium. The composition of a good reserve
-is declared to be principally a question of good proportions of the
-constituent parts, varying with the strength of the vat and the
-intensity of the blue which is desired to be reserved. The first
-condition is that it hardens immediately after immersion in the vat:
-if it softens, on the contrary, it will cause the running of the
-color. In other words, the acidity of the impression should be
-proportionate to the strength and alkaline character of the vat. The
-white reserve, that most generally used, is composed of pipe clay,
-gum, verdigris, and sulphate of copper. The styles of work produced by
-dipping with reserves are generally of a cheap and low class. The
-system is clumsy and expensive, and is only tolerated because of the
-want of a method of directly applying indigo, which will yield the
-deepest shades.
-
-Certain styles, formerly in great vogue, called _Lapis_, and forming
-one of the richest branches of the cotton-printing industry, are
-founded upon the use of reserves; and in these styles, by very simple
-means which we shall not attempt to describe, different colors
-produced from madder, catechu, &c., are produced upon the fabric so
-perfectly surrounded by blue that the eye cannot detect the slightest
-want of continuity. This fabrication has the greatest perfection in
-Russia. The imitation cashmere fabrics of cotton imported from that
-country, formerly much in fashion for dressing-gowns, are specimens of
-this fabrication. The great stability of the colors is a remarkable
-feature of these goods.
-
-The system of resists or reserves possesses the inconveniences of not
-producing impressions of great firmness, and of requiring very strong
-vats. When the strength of the vat is partially exhausted, they may be
-thrown aside. These inconveniences are obviated by the system of
-discharges (_enlevages_). In this system the cloths are vat dyed of a
-uniform blue. The strength of the vat is of less importance, and it
-can be used until the indigo is quite exhausted. The means of
-destroying the indigo which has been fixed upon the fibre are founded
-on the use of active oxidizing agents, which transform the insoluble
-indigotine into soluble isatine. The agent generally used is chromic
-acid. As this acid cannot be incorporated with the thickening to be
-printed, as the thickening would produce oxide of chrome, the cloth is
-passed through a strong solution of chromate of potash, and dried in
-the shade. The required pattern is then printed on the cloth with a
-mixture whose principal elements are acids which are susceptible of
-setting free the chromic acid on the tissue, which then acts upon the
-indigo producing a white pattern. The acid generally employed for
-freeing the chromic acid is oxalic acid, thickened with British gum,
-dextrine, or starch, with the addition of pipe clay. To prevent
-running, nitric, sulphuric, or tartaric acid are sometimes used.[8]
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [8] Schutzenberger gives the following receipts:—
-
- PREPARATION FOR DISCHARGE.
-
- Water 2 litres.
- Yellow chromate 500 grammes.
-
- WHITE DISCHARGE ON BLUE BOTTOM.
-
- Tartaric acid 3 kilograms.
- Oxalic acid 250 grammes.
- Burnt starch 4 kilograms.
- Nitric acid 500 grammes.
- Water 4 litres.
-
- De Kæppelin gives the following:—
-
- WHITE DISCHARGE ON BLUE.
-
- Water 2 litres.
- Starch 1 kilogram, 800 grammes.
- Oxalic acid 500 grammes.
- Tartaric acid 250 grammes.
- Sulphuric acid 375 grammes.
-
- The pieces, having been dyed blue, are then placed in a solution of
- bichromate of potash in water, which is prepared in the ratio of 50 to
- 60 grammes to the litre, according to the intensity of the blue. The
- pieces thus prepared must be dried away from direct solar light or too
- much heat. In fact, under the action of these agents, the bichromate
- would be decomposed and the tissue altered. The pieces are often
- rolled up to prevent this effect. After the pieces are printed, they
- are passed into a vessel containing water and holding chalk in
- suspension in sufficient quantity to give it a milky aspect. The
- temperature of the bath is raised to 60° R. The excess of acid of the
- color applied is saturated by the chalk, and the excess of bichromate
- of potash with which the tissue is impregnated is dissolved in the
- bath. The pieces are afterwards washed and passed through slightly
- soapy water.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-By the method of discharges the white designs upon blue are brought
-out with a distinctness which it is impossible to obtain by resists,
-while the most delicate work of the graver can be exactly reproduced
-upon the tissue.
-
-
-APPLICATION OF INDIGOTINE BY PRINTING.
-
-The first step in the art of printing indigotine upon calicoes was the
-application of what is called pencil blue. Instead of immersing the
-fabrics in an indigo vat, the indigo white formed in a very strong
-indigo vat was thickened and applied locally to certain places on the
-cloth. The preparation was painted upon the cloth by means of pencils
-made of willow sticks, the ends of which were broomed up into a kind
-of brush. The style was hence called pencil blue. The methods now used
-to apply white indigo locally are of two kinds. The china blue
-process, and the solid blue process, sometimes called fast or
-precipitated blue. The china blue process derives its name from the
-resemblance of its color to the blue on the old china ware. It has
-great depth of tint, and permanency. It is scarcely used now, except
-for certain articles requiring great depth of color, such as certain
-furniture goods, and by the Germans and Swiss for the manufacture of
-calicoes for exportation to India.
-
-We do not venture to condense the descriptions at our hand of the
-processes for applying the china blue and the solid blue, and
-translate those furnished by chemists of high authority. After the
-method indicated by Darwin in his recent works, we present them in
-smaller type, with the perhaps unnecessary suggestion that they may be
-passed over by the general reader.
-
-_China blue_.—The theory of this printing blue, says Schutzenberger,
-is very simple. The indigo, reduced to an impalpable powder and
-thickened, is printed by a plate or roller. After drying, the tissue
-seems dyed blue, more or less deep, according to the proportion of
-coloring material used; but it is only a blue of application, which
-can be removed with the thickening, by the slightest washing. The
-object is now to reduce and redissolve the indigotine in place to
-enable it to penetrate the fibre at the end of a consecutive
-oxidization, and without producing a running of the color or altering
-the purity and distinctness of the contours of the design. I owe to M.
-Ed. Schwartz some valuable hints upon the fabrication of this style,
-which is also described with much care and details in the treatise on
-printing by M. Persoz.
-
-The reduction of the indigo is obtained by alternate passages of the
-printed tissue into vats containing,—the first, quicklime slacked; the
-second, sulphate of iron; the third, soda. The operation is terminated
-by a passage through a bath of sulphuric acid, which removes the oxide
-of iron and precipitates the indigo white by hastening its oxidation.
-
-The success depends upon the composition of the color printed, and
-above all upon the strength of the vats of immersion and the duration
-of the treatment.
-
-The operator uses six vats,—for instance, two lime vats, provided each
-with 12 kilograms of lime; a copperas vat at 70 Beaumé; a caustic soda
-vat marking 140 Beaumé; a sulphuric acid vat with 500 grammes of acid
-(_par mesure d’eau_); and finally a vat of pure water.
-
-The receipts for printing are:—
-
-1. THE BLUE PREPARATION.
-
- Ground indigo 4 kilograms.
- Acetate of iron 10 litres.
- Sulphate of iron 1 kilogram.
- Water 10 litres.
- Gum Senegal 6 kilograms.
-
-Pass through a sieve; leave some time at rest, and stir whenever used.
-Caraccas indigo is preferred because it can be broken into a finer
-powder and gives a finer paste.
-
-2. COLORS FOR ROLLER PRINTING NOS. 1, 2, 3, 4.
-
-The blue preparation above 1, 1, 3, 4.
-Acetate of iron containing 700 grammes of gum per litre 2, 1½, ½, ½.
-Gum water at 600 grammes per litre 16, 2½, ½, ½.
-
-These proportions can be varied according to the tint desired.
-
-The piece is treated a quarter of an hour in the first lime vat by
-giving it a light movement from above to below; it is left a quarter
-of an hour in repose in the sulphate of lime vat; a quarter of an hour
-in the second lime vat; a quarter of an hour in the copperas vat; five
-minutes in the caustic soda; half an hour in the sulphuric acid, and
-then thoroughly rinsed.
-
-To each lime vat there is given 2 kilograms of lime per piece of
-cloth. To the vitriol vat there is added 50 kilograms of sulphate of
-iron for each dozen pieces. The soda vat is renewed after 5 pieces by
-the addition of 12 kilograms of salt of soda, which has first been
-made caustic. The acid vat receives 25 kilograms of acid after 5
-pieces, and ought to be renewed whenever it becomes saline. The other
-vats must be cleared out whenever the deposit becomes too great for
-success.
-
-M. Ed. Schwartz recommends as important conditions, (1) the perfect
-causticity of the tissue, and an average strength of 140 Beaumé; (2)
-the neutrality of the sulphate of lime vat. For this end old iron
-should be boiled in it.
-
-After leaving the sulphuric acid vat the pieces are rinsed in the
-water vat, then in river water, and afterwards should be soaked in a
-sulphuric acid bath at 40 Beaumé, for the purpose of dissolving the
-last traces of the peroxide of iron adhering to the fibre. The fabric
-is then washed in water and finally passed through a soapy water at
-40° R.
-
-_Solid or precipitated blue, Schutzenberger’s receipt_.—The process
-consists in printing indigo white precipitated in a vat, in a thick
-paste to dissolve it on the tissue by a passage through an alkaline
-bath (lime or soda), and of reprecipitating it by oxidizing it as soon
-as it has entered the fibre.
-
-It is then the china blue process, minus the reduction which is made
-before printing, and consequently minus the sulphate of iron vat.
-
-Indigo white is too alterable to be printed with success, so it is
-generally precipitated in combination with a stannic hydrate (hydrate
-of a salt of tin), which gives it body and preserves it from a too
-rapid oxidation.
-
-The stannic indigotate in paste, or as it is generally called
-precipitate of indigo, is prepared by turning into the clear portion
-of a strong copperas vat an acid solution of protochlorate of tin, and
-filtering it upon woollen filters,—as much as possible away from the
-air. It would be better to prepare a strong tin vat by heating a
-mixture of indigo, caustic soda, and protochlorate of tin, and to
-precipitate by chlorohydric acid.[9]
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [9] Mr. T. P. Shepard gives in his valuable “Receipts for Calico
- Printing,” published in 1872, the following:—
-
- NO. 52. INDIGO PRECIPITATE FOR FAST BLUE AND GREEN.
-
- 10 pounds quicklime, slacked with
- 6½ gallons water; then
- 2 pounds ground indigo finely rubbed in water are stirred in; then add
- 6 pounds copperas dissolved in 5 gallons of water; then add
- 5 gallons hot water and
- 15 gallons cold water.
-
- Stir well from time to time, until the liquid has assumed a yellow
- color and deep blue veins or streaks appear on its surface. When this
- moment arrives, draw off the clear liquor, and precipitate every ten
- quarts of it with
-
- ½ pound tin crystals, dissolved in ½ pound muriatic acid.
-
- To the remainder of the mixture of lime and indigo, 15 gallons of
- water may be added, and the whole stirred; and when settled, the
- indigo may be precipitated from the clear liquor as before. This
- operation may be repeated a second time before all the indigo is
- exhausted.
-
- The indigo precipitate is to be collected on a muslin filter, and
- well squeezed out.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The deposit is made into a paste with gum water; a salt of tin is
-often added to prevent oxidation. It is important to prevent the
-transformation of the indigo white into indigotine before printing.
-This indigotine would not fix itself on the fabric. Moreover, after
-printing, it is necessary to hasten the dissolution of the indigo
-white to enable it to penetrate the fibre. It is sufficient for this
-end to pass it through milk of lime. The stannic combination is
-immediately destroyed; the colorable matter unites itself with the
-lime, and the color passes into a pale gray with apple green. The
-indigo white becomes momentarily soluble; but the presence of the
-excess of lime and the thickening, as well as the attractive affinity
-of the thickening, prevent any running.
-
-The piece on issuing from the lime water is placed in running water,
-when reoxidation commences, which this time fixes the color. The piece
-is finally passed through a sulphuric acid bath to absorb the lime,
-and washed.
-
-By adding to the color a salt whose base precipitates in the milk of
-lime and oxidizes in the running water, and replacing the simple acid
-bath by an acid bath with yellow prussite, the intensity of the blue
-is increased through the formation of Prussian blue.
-
-Although we have seen beautiful effects from the application of the
-solid blue of indigo on prints at our Pacific Mills, the colors
-produced by Prussian blue and aniline are so much more brilliant and
-easy of application that the use of indigo in printing goods for
-ordinary consumption is likely to decline rather than increase. It
-will be otherwise if we should ever manufacture for the East India
-markets. Here is a field still open for our manufacturers. Mr. Watson,
-in his beautiful work on “The Costumes of the People of India,”
-remarks that “British manufacturers have hitherto failed to appreciate
-Oriental tastes and habits, and hence supply but an insignificant part
-of the clothing of the two hundred million persons that form the
-population of what is commonly spoken of as India.” The great defect,
-he observes, is the want of stability of color in the cotton fabrics
-introduced,—this stability being an imperative demand in the Oriental
-markets.
-
-The applications of indigo to cotton fabric are altogether secondary,
-in our mind, to its relations to the woollen manufacture. If we have
-felt called upon to say a word in behalf of the most ancient and best
-ally which the fibre of wool has ever had, it is because the vividness
-of color of the new products of coal, and the fascination which the
-application of the recent discoveries of science always possesses, is
-threatening the eclipse of the more ancient sober and solid dyes. Let
-the new colors have their place as auxiliaries, not as substitutes for
-the ancient dyes. Let them serve to give a bloom[10] to goods, but let
-the foundation be the good old dyes which the experience of ages has
-proved to be the most unalterable by light and air. The recent
-wonderful discovery of alizarine, or artificial madder, in coal tar
-products, has led practical men to expect too much from science. The
-opinion is quite prevalent among manufacturers that artificial
-indigotine has already been obtained from the same source. And some
-manufacturers are sanguine that the difficulties of indigo dyeing will
-thus be resolved. It is not improbable—for what is impossible to
-modern chemistry?—that this result will yet be partially obtained. But
-we have looked over all the recent foreign chemical reviews, and
-personally consulted some of our best chemists, and we can find no
-authority for the prevailing opinion that artificial indigotine has
-been produced. If the production of artificial indigotine should be
-realized, the only benefit would be the possible cheapening of the
-material. The difficulties of the indigo vat would still remain; for
-we cannot too often repeat, that in the very difficulties of the
-process, or in the insolubility of blue indigotine by ordinary agents,
-consists the excellence of the dye.
-
- -------------------------------------------------------------
- [10] _Guernsey Blue_.—The darkest of the Nicholson Fast Blues. On a
- bottom of barkwood, camwood, madder, or inferior _indigo_, produces
- an indigo blue which will stand all the acid tests the same as
- colors made from indigo.
-
- _Serge Blue_.—It will be found very serviceable to give bloom to
- goods dyed with indigo, and by itself shows a very good indigo test
- with nitric acid.—_Instructions for Working the Atlas Works Aniline
- Dyes_.
- -------------------------------------------------------------
-
-
-APPENDIX.
-
-DYEING WOOL IN THE WARM INDIGO VAT.
-
-[_Extract from Dumas’s Lectures on Dyeing_.]
-
-The value attached by practical wool-dyers to the following induces us
-to publish it without condensation:—
-
-Indigo Blue.—We give a solid dye of indigo blue to wool by plunging it
-into an alkaline solution of indigo white, and then exposing it to
-contact with the air. The solution of indigo white is prepared in a
-vessel usually from eight to nine feet in depth, and six to seven feet
-in diameter. This size is very convenient for the requisite
-manipulations, and presents a large volume of water, which, when once
-heated, is capable of preserving a high temperature for a long time.
-This vessel should be made of wood or copper. It always bears the name
-of vat. These vats are covered with a wooden lid, divided into two or
-three equal segments. Over this lid are spread some thick blankets.
-Without this precaution the bath would come in contact with the
-atmospheric air, a portion of the indigo would absorb oxygen and
-become precipitated. There would also be a great waste of heat.
-
-A most necessary operation, and one which has to be frequently
-repeated, consists in stirring up the deposit of vegetable and
-coloring matter which is formed in the vat, and intimately mixing it
-in the bath. For this purpose we employ a utensil called a _rake_,
-which is formed of a strong square piece of wood, set on a long
-handle. The workman takes hold of this with both hands, and, dipping
-the flat surface into the deposit at the bottom of the vessel, he
-quickly draws it up until it nearly reaches the surface, when, giving
-it a gentle shake, he discharges the matter again through the liquor
-of the bath. This manœuvre is repeated until the whole of the deposit
-seems to be removed from the bottom of the vessel. Before the tissue
-is dipped into the dye-bath, it should be soaked in a copper full of
-tepid water; it is then to be hung up and beaten with sticks. In this
-state it is plunged into the vat; it thus introduces less air into the
-bath, while it is more uniformly penetrated by the indigo solution.
-The cloth is now kept at a depth of from two to three feet below the
-surface of the liquid, by means of an open bag or piece of network
-fixed in the interior of an iron ring, which is suspended by cords,
-and fixed to the outside of the vat by means of two small iron hooks;
-the bag is thus drawn backwards and forwards without permitting it to
-come in contact with the air. When this operation has been continued
-for a sufficient length of time, the cloth is wrung and hung up to dry.
-
-Flock wool is also, for the purpose of dyeing, enclosed in a fine net,
-which prevents the least particle from escaping, and which is fixed in
-the bath in the same way as in the foregoing case.
-
-The many inconveniences attending the use of wooden baths, which
-necessitate the pouring of the liquor into a copper for the purpose of
-giving it the necessary degree of heat, have led to the general
-employment of copper vessels. These are fixed in brickwork, which
-extends half way up their surface, whilst a stove is so constructed at
-this elevation that the flame shall play around their upper part. By
-this means the bath is heated and kept at a favorable temperature
-without the liquor being obliged to be removed.
-
-The potash vats are usually formed of conical-shaped coppers,
-surrounded by a suitable furnace. These may be constructed with less
-depth, inasmuch as there is less precipitation induced in the liquor.
-By using steam for heating the vats, we might dispense with the
-employment of copper vessels, and so return to those of wood.
-
-The vats employed for dyeing wool are known under the names of the
-pastel vat, the woad vat, the potash vat the tartar-lee vat, and the
-German vat.
-
-Pastel Vat.[11]—The first care of the dyer in preparing the vat should
-be to furnish the bath with matters capable of combining with the
-oxygen, whether directly or indirectly, and of giving hydrogen to the
-indigo. We must, however, be careful to employ those substances only
-which are incapable of imparting to the bath a color which might prove
-injurious to the indigo. These advantages are found in the pastel, the
-woad, and madder. This latter substance furnishes a violet tint when
-brought into contact with an alkali, and by the addition of indigo it
-yields a still deeper shade.
-
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- [11] The distinction between pastel and woad is not very clear.
- Schutzenberger says: “Pastel, woad, and satis tinctoria is a _plant_
- of the family of the crucifera. It would seem, however, that the term
- _pastel_ as used by the old French dyers is applied to the leaves of
- the woad which have been fermented, formed into paste, and afterwards
- into balls, and which contain much blue coloring matter. And the term
- _woad_ as distinguished from _pastel_ is applied to the unfermented
- plant.”
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-In preparing the Indian vat, we ordinarily employ one pound of fine
-madder to two pounds of indigo. The madder is here especially useful,
-by reason of the avidity of some of its principles for oxygen.
-
-The pastel vat, when prepared on a large scale, ordinarily contains
-from 18 to 22 lbs. of indigo; 11 lbs. of madder would suffice for this
-proportion, but we must also bear in mind the large quantity of water
-which we have to charge with oxidizable matters. I have invariably
-seen the best results from employing 22 lbs. to a vat of this size.
-Bran is apt to excite the lactic fermentation in the bath, and should
-therefore not be employed in too large a quantity; 7 to 9 lbs. will be
-found amply sufficient.
-
-Weld, which is often used, is rich in oxidizable principles; it turns
-sour, and passes into the putrid fermentation with facility. Some
-dyers use it very freely; but ordinarily we employ in this bath an
-equal quantity of it to that of the bran. Sometimes weld is not added
-at all.
-
-In most dye-houses the pastel is pounded before introducing it into
-the vat. Some practical men, however, maintain that this operation is
-injurious, and that it interferes with its durability. This is an
-opinion which deserves attention. The effect of the pastel, when
-reduced to a coarse powder, is more uniform; but this state of
-division must render its alterations more rapid. When the bath has
-undergone the necessary ebullition, the pastel should be introduced
-into the vat, the liquor decanted, and at the same time 7 or 8 lbs. of
-lime added, so as to form an alkaline lye which shall hold the indigo
-in solution. Having well stirred the vat, it should be set aside for
-four hours, so that the little pellets shall have time to become
-thoroughly soaked, both inside and out, and thus be prepared for
-fermentation. Some think coverings are to be spread over the vat, so
-as to preserve it from contact with the atmosphere. After this lapse
-of time, it is to be again stirred. The bath at this moment presents
-no decided character; it has the peculiar odor of the vegetables which
-it holds in digestion; its color is of a yellowish-brown.
-
-Ordinarily, at the end of twenty-four hours, sometimes even after
-fifteen or sixteen, the fermentative process is well marked. The odor
-becomes ammoniacal, at the same time that it retains the peculiar
-smell of the pastel. The bath, hitherto of a brown color, now assumes
-a decided yellowish-red tint. A blue froth, which results from the
-newly liberated indigo of the pastel, floats on the liquor as a thick
-scum, being composed of small blue bubbles, which are closely
-agglomerated together. A brilliant pellicle covers the bath, and
-beneath we may perceive some blue or almost black veins, owing to the
-indigo of the pastel which rises towards the surface. If the liquor be
-now agitated with a switch, the small quantity of indigo which is
-evolved floats to the top of the bath. On exposing a few drops of this
-mixture to the air, the golden-yellow color quickly disappears, and is
-replaced by the blue tint of the indigo. This phenomenon is due to the
-absorption of the oxygen of the air by the indigogen from the pastel:
-in this state we might even dye wool with it without any further
-addition of indigo; but the colors which it furnishes are devoid of
-brilliancy and vivacity of tone, at the same time that the bath
-becomes quickly exhausted.
-
-The signs above described announce, in a most indubitable manner, that
-fermentation is established, and that the vat has now the power of
-furnishing to the indigo the hydrogen which is required to render it
-soluble,—that contained in the pastel having been already taken up;
-this, then, is the proper moment for adding the indigo, which should
-be previously ground in a mill.
-
-We stated above that the liquor of the vat should be previously
-charged with a certain quantity of lime; we also find in it ammonia
-generated by the pastel; but a part of these alkalies become saturated
-by the carbonic acid gas along with the proper acids of the madder and
-of the weld, as well as by the lactic acid produced by the bran during
-fermentation. The ordinary guide of the dyer is the odor, which,
-according to circumstances; becomes more or less ammoniacal. The vat
-is said to be either soft or harsh; if soft, a little more lime should
-be added to it. The fresh vat is always soft; it exhales a feeble
-ammoniacal odor accompanied with the peculiar smell of the pastel; we
-must, therefore, add lime to it along with the indigo; we usually
-employ from five to six pounds, and, after having stirred the vat, it
-is to be covered over. The indigo, being incapable of solution except
-by its combination with hydrogen, gives no sign of being dissolved
-until it has remained a certain time in the bath. We may remark that
-the hard indigoes, as those of Java, require at least eight or nine
-hours, whilst those of Bengal do not need more than six hours, for
-their solution. We should examine the vat again three hours after
-adding the indigo. We ordinarily remark that the odor is by this time
-weakened; we must now add a further quantity of lime, sometimes less,
-but generally about equal in amount to the first portion; it is then
-to be covered over again, and set aside for three hours.
-
-After this lapse of time, the bath will be found covered with an
-abundant froth and a very marked copper-colored pellicle; the veins
-which float upon its surface are larger and more marked than they were
-previously; the liquor becomes of a deep yellowish-red color. On
-dipping the rake into the bath, and allowing the liquid to run off at
-the edge, its color, if viewed against the light, is of a strongly
-marked emerald-green, which gradually disappears, in proportion as the
-indigo absorbs oxygen, and leaves in its place a mere drop rendered
-opaque by the blue color of the indigo. The odor of the vat at this
-instant is strongly ammoniacal; we also find in it the peculiar scent
-of the pastel. When we discover a marked character of this kind in the
-newly formed vat, we may without fear plunge in the stuff intended to
-be dyed; but the tints given during the first working of the vat are
-never so brilliant as those subsequently formed; this is owing to the
-yellow-coloring matters of the pastel, which, aided by the heat,
-become fixed on the wool at the same time as the indigo, and thus give
-to it a greenish tint. This accident is common both with the pastel
-and the woad vats; it is, however, less marked in the latter.
-
-When the stuff or cloth has been immersed for an hour in the vat it
-should be withdrawn; it would, in fact, be useless to leave it there
-for a longer time, inasmuch as it could absorb no more of the coloring
-principle. It is therefore to be taken from the bath and hung up to
-dry, when the indigo, by attracting oxygen, will become insoluble and
-acquire a blue color. Then we may replunge the stuff in the vat, and
-the shade will immediately assume a deeper tint, owing to renewed
-absorption of indigo by the wool. By repeating these operations, we
-succeed in giving very deep shades. We must not, however, imagine that
-the cloth seizes only on that portion of indigo contained in the
-liquor required to soak it. Far from such being the case, experience
-shows that, during its stay in the bath, it appropriates to itself,
-within certain limits, a gradually increasing quantity of indigo. We
-have here, then, an action of affinity, or perhaps a consequence of
-porosity on the part of the wool itself.
-
-Woad Vat.—These vats are extensively employed at Louviers, and in the
-manufactories of the north of France. The bath is prepared in the same
-manner as in the foregoing case; the finely cut root is introduced
-into the copper along with 2 lbs. of pounded indigo, 9 lbs. of madder,
-and 15½ lbs. of slaked lime. The liquor is, after the necessary
-ebullition, poured upon the woad. This substance contains but a very
-small quantity of coloring principle; we must, therefore, add some
-indigo when preparing the vat, so as to indicate the precise instant
-when the mixture arrives at the point of fermentation so necessary for
-imparting hydrogen to the coloring principle, and for rendering it
-soluble. We must also use a larger quantity of lime, since the woad
-contains no ammonia resulting from previous decomposition, such as we
-find to be the case with the pastel of the south. When the vat is in a
-suitable state of fermentation, a rusty color becomes manifest, in
-addition to the signs already described in speaking of the pastel vat;
-besides the ammoniacal odor, the bath always retains the peculiar
-smell of the woad. The pounded indigo is now added, and we proceed, in
-the manner already detailed, to reduce it to a state of solution fit
-for dyeing.
-
-The vats prepared by means of pastel have greater durability than
-those made with the woad; but it is thought that the colors given by
-the latter are more brilliant than those obtained from the former dye.
-
-Modified Pastel Vat.—This vat is about 7 feet in depth, and 6½ feet in
-diameter. It is made of copper, and heated by steam. The lid is
-composed of three segments, each of which is formed of two planks,
-about an inch thick, and strongly secured together by bolts.
-
-The beating is performed in the usual way, with sticks before the
-first dipping, after having moistened the cloth in tepid water. This
-operation is not subsequently repeated.
-
-This vat is prepared with 13 lbs. of indigo, 17½ lbs. of madder, 4½
-lbs. of bran, 9 lbs. of lime, and 4½ lbs. of potash. Having filled the
-vat, we heat it to about 200° Fah., and, as soon as the water is
-tepid, introduce 441 lbs. of pastel. The liquor becomes of a
-yellowish-brown color; small bubbles appear upon its surface,
-ordinarily at the end of four hours if the vat be heated by steam, but
-not until after eight or twelve hours where heat is applied by the
-common fire; in the latter case the mixture should be stirred every
-three hours. When the liquor displays the signs of fermentation, we
-add the above-mentioned ingredients, and cover the vat over; it is
-then to be set aside, stirring it every three hours, or oftener if the
-fermentative action be very rapid. Each time that it is stirred we are
-to add from 2 to 4 lbs. of lime; if fermentation proceed quickly we
-even use more, but in the contrary case less. After about eighteen
-hours, we plunge into the vat three pieces of common cloth, measuring
-from twenty to twenty-five ells in length each; when they have
-received six or seven turns, they are to be taken out again. The
-object of this is to remove the excess of lime from the bath. The vat
-is then set aside for three hours, when it is to be stirred, and 13
-lbs. of indigo, with 2 lbs. of madder, added to it. We now again apply
-heat to the mixture.
-
-If the vat contains a superabundance of lime, it will be unnecessary
-to add more; otherwise we throw in a further quantity. During the
-night it should be covered with a cloth, and a workman left to watch
-it. It is usually stirred once before the morning; but if it be
-deficient in lime, it will require this manipulation to be more
-frequently repeated, and also fresh lime added to it. On the following
-day the stirring should be continued every three hours, and so on for
-the next thirty hours, taking care to heat the vat from time to time.
-On the morning of the fourth day the dyeing may be commenced.
-
-The temperature should be maintained at a pretty uniform point; if it
-be too hot, the blue takes a red reflection, by reason of the madder
-contained in the liquid. A vat thus prepared will last three months;
-we may even work it for double that period, but after the third month
-it appears to lose some of its indigo.
-
-We maintain the power of the vat by introducing every night 2¼ lbs. of
-madder. Some indigo is also added twice or three times a week. These
-additions are made in the evening. After the former, the vat is left
-at rest for forty-two hours; with the latter only for twenty-four, at
-the same time observing the precautions already indicated. At the end
-of three months, or sooner when we wish to stop the working of the
-vat, we exhaust the indigo; for this purpose we continue to charge it
-every night for the space of a month with madder, and dip into it
-white cloths, or more particularly woollen tissues, which become more
-or less loaded with the indigo. We must continue this plan until these
-matters take up no further color. The dippings are to be performed
-twice a day at first, but once only towards the termination. Many
-dyers make use of this bath for preparing a new vat, but it is better
-to throw this away and make it up afresh with common water.
-
-Indian Vat.—These vats are of more simple and of more ready
-construction than the pastel or woad vats. We are to boil in water a
-quantity of madder and of bran, proportioned to the weight of indigo
-which we wish to employ. After two hours’ ebullition, we turn into
-this bath some tartar-lees, which are also to be boiled for an hour
-and a half or two hours, so as to charge the bath with whatever
-soluble matter they may contain; after this ebullition the bath should
-be allowed to cool, and the indigo, which has been previously ground,
-is then to be introduced. Supposing that we wish to employ 21 lbs. of
-indigo, the following would be the proportions used in preparing this
-vat: 41 lbs. tartar-lees, 13 lbs. of madder, and 5 lbs. of bran. These
-vats are usually mounted in coppers of a conical shape; a small fire
-should be kept up around them, so as to maintain a moderate and
-uniform heat. The indigo will usually be found dissolved at the end of
-twenty-four hours, often even after twelve or fifteen hours. The
-liquor has a reddish color in the new vats, and a green tint in those
-which are in a working state. The frothy surface, as well as the
-brilliant-colored pellicle, becomes manifested in this as in all other
-preparations of a like kind.
-
-This species of vat has to be renewed much more frequently than the
-woad and pastel vats, from the indigo being more difficult to dissolve
-after a certain lapse of time. A moderate heat should be maintained in
-all these vats.
-
-Potash Vat.—This species of vat is extensively employed at Elbœuf for
-the dyeing of wool in the flock. It presents in all respects a perfect
-analogy with the Indian vat; in fact, the action of the tartar-lee in
-the latter preparation depends entirely on the carbonate of potash
-which it contains. The ingredients used in the preparation of the
-potash vat are bran, madder, and the subcarbonate of potash of commerce.
-
-We obtain the deep shades in this species of vat with greater celerity
-than in all others, a fact which undoubtedly depends on the greater
-power which potash has of dissolving indigo than is possessed by lime.
-Experience proves that the potash vat has the advantage in point of
-celerity of nearly a third; but this is balanced by the inconvenience
-resulting from the darker shade, which we must attribute to the large
-quantity of coloring matter of the madder dissolved by the alkaline
-lee, and which becomes fixed on the stuff with the indigo.
-
-To render this vat in its most favorable state, the indigo should be
-made to undergo a commencement of hydrogenation before turning it into
-the mixture; for this purpose we prepare in a small copper a bath
-analogous to that in the vat, to which the pounded indigo is added.
-This bath is maintained for twenty-four hours at a moderate heat,
-taking care to stir it from time to time. The indigo assumes a
-yellowish color, becomes dissolved, and in this state is turned into
-the vat; we thus avoid many delays and losses in its preparation, and
-indeed it would be desirable if a similar plan were adopted with all
-these compounds.
-
-German Vat.—This vat is of nearly similar dimensions to that used for
-the woad, being three times the size of the potash vat. Its diameter
-is about 6½ feet, and its depth 8½ feet. Having filled the copper with
-water, we are to heat it to 200° Fah.; we then add 20 pailsful of
-bran, 22 lbs. of carbonate of soda, 11 lbs. of indigo, and 54 pounds
-of lime, thoroughly slaked, in powder. The mixture is to be well
-stirred, and then set aside for two hours; the workman should
-continually watch the progress of the fermentation, moderating it more
-or less by means of lime or carbonate of soda, so as to render the vat
-in a working state at the end of twelve, fifteen, or, at the most,
-eighteen hours. The odor is the only criterion by which the workman is
-enabled to judge of the good state of the vat, he must therefore
-possess considerable tact and experience.
-
-In the process of dipping we introduce 84 lbs., 106 lbs., or even 130
-lbs. of wool, in a net bag, similar to that used in the woad vat,
-taking care that the bag is not allowed to rest against the sides of
-the copper. When the wool has sufficiently imbibed the color, we
-remove the bag containing it, and allow it to drain for a short time
-over the vessel. We operate in this way on two or three quantities in
-succession; we then remove the vat, and set it aside for two hours; we
-must be careful, from time to time, to replace the indigo absorbed by
-the wool, as also to add fresh quantities of bran, lime, and
-crystallized carbonate of soda, so as constantly to maintain the
-fermentation at a suitable point.
-
-The German vat differs, then, from the potash vat by the fact that the
-potash is replaced by crystallized carbonate of soda and caustic lime,
-which latter substance also gives to the carbonate of soda a caustic
-character. It presents a remarkable saving as compared to the potash
-vat; hence the frequency of its employment; but it requires great
-care, and is more difficult to manage. It also offers considerable
-economy of labor; one man is amply sufficient for each vat.
-
-The army cloth is usually dyed by means of the pastel vat, which gives
-the most advantageous results. We here make use of vats about 8½ feet
-in depth, and 5 feet in diameter, into which we introduce from 361
-lbs. to 405 lbs of pastel or of woad, after previous maceration. The
-vat is to be filled with boiling water, and we then add to the bath 22
-lbs. of madder, 17½ lbs. of weld, and 13 lbs. of bran. The mixture is
-to maintained in a state of ebullition for about half an hour; we next
-add a few pailsful of cold water, taking care, however, not to lower
-the temperature beyond 130° Fah.; during the whole of this time a
-workman, provided with a rake, keeps incessantly stirring the
-materials of the bath. The vat is then accurately closed by means of a
-wooden lid, and surrounded by blankets, so as to keep up the heat. It
-is now put aside for six hours; after this time it is again stirred by
-means of a rake, for the space of half an hour; and this operation
-should be repeated every three hours until the surface of the bath
-becomes marked with blue veins; we then add from six to eight pounds
-of slaked lime.
-
-The color of the vat now borders on a blackish-blue. We immediately
-add the indigo in a quantity proportioned to the shade which we wish
-to obtain. The pastel in the foregoing mixture may last for several
-months; but we must renew the indigo in proportion as it becomes
-exhausted, at the same time adding both bran and madder. In general we
-employ—
-
- 11 to 13 lbs. of good indigo for 100 lbs. of fine wool.
- 9 to 11 lbs. of good indigo for 100 lbs. of common wool.
- 9 to 11 lbs. of good indigo for 131 yards of cloth dyed in the piece.
-
-Management of the Vats.—A good condition of the vat is recognized by
-the following characters: The tint of the bath is of a fine
-golden-yellow, and its surface is covered with a bluish froth and a
-copper-colored pellicle. On dipping the rake into the bath, there
-escapes bubbles of air, which should burst very slowly; when they
-vanish quickly, it becomes an indication that we must add more lime.
-The paste which is found at the bottom of the vat, green at the moment
-of its being drawn up, should become brown in .the air; if, however,
-it remains green, this is a further sign that more lime is required.
-Lastly, the vat should exhale the odor of indigo. We usually complete
-the assurance of the vat being in a good state by plunging into it,
-after two hours’ respite, a skein of wool, which, on being withdrawn
-after the lapse of half an hour, should present a green color, but
-change directly to blue. We then once more mix the materials of the
-vat, and two hours after it may be considered ready for dyeing.
-
-These vats, like those already described, are provided with a large
-wooden ring, the interior of which is armed with a kind of network,
-for the purpose of preventing the objects which are intended to be
-dyed coming in contact with the materials at the bottom of the vat;
-we, moreover, take the precaution of enclosing the wool or cloth in
-bags. These tissues, when plunged into the bath, should remain there
-for a longer or shorter time, according to the shade which we wish to
-obtain; one dipping, however, will never suffice for this object;
-usually we leave in the stuff for half an hour only; it is then to be
-taken from the bath, wrung, and exposed to the air. This operation is
-repeated until we have succeeded in procuring the desired shade; we
-ordinarily suffer three hours to elapse between each dipping. The heat
-of the vat should never be allowed to fall below 130° Fah. After each
-operation the bath must be well stirred, and fresh lime added;
-generally speaking, a pound a day will suffice. We re-establish the
-indigo about every second day. When once this vat is well mounted, and
-we are careful to examine its working, we may dye from two to four
-batches a day with it.
-
-When the stuffs have acquired the desired shade, they are first to be
-washed in common water, and then in a very weak solution of
-hydrochloric acid (about one part in a thousand); after this they are
-again rinsed in pure water.
-
-The Indian vat is much more easily managed than the foregoing; it
-presents less danger of failure, from the fact that it is quickly
-exhausted, and also from the fermentative process, which is so
-difficult to govern in the pastel vat; this vat not having time to
-change in character. It is prepared by first introducing an equal
-quantity of madder and of bran, and a triple quantity of potash; this
-is to be gradually heated until it reaches a temperature of 167° Fah.,
-and we then add to it the indigo, thoroughly agitating the matters for
-half an hour. The vat is maintained at a temperature of 86° to 100°
-Fah., by keeping it closely covered, and at the same time the mixture
-is to be stirred occasionally at intervals of twelve hours. It should
-by this time present a beautiful green shade, the liquor being
-surmounted by a copper-colored pellicle and a purplish froth. We may
-now commence the dyeing, following the same course as with the pastel
-vat; but the stirrings being here repeated much more frequently than
-with the other mixture, we can dye a larger quantity of wool within a
-given time. When the vat ceases to give a brilliant blue, we must
-altogether renew it; if it be merely weakened, we add to it a small
-quantity of freshly prepared liquor containing a few pounds of potash,
-and a little less bran and madder. In giving the dark and the clear
-sky blues, we must be careful to employ a quantity of indigo
-proportioned to the color which we wish to obtain, or, better still,
-we may use the previously exhausted vat for the dark blue.
-
-When exposed to the influence of the putrid fermentation, indigo is
-decomposed and loses its color. If rendered soluble, it obeys the
-impulse communicated to the azotized matters with which it is brought
-into contact, although, if macerated in pure water at the ordinary
-temperature, it is itself decomposed with great difficulty.
-
-The pastel and the woad are very prone to the putrid fermentation, by
-reason of the large quantity of azotized matters which they contain,
-as do all the cruciferæ; they require therefore considerable care in
-their employment.
-
-When a vat is mounted, if the fermentation be allowed to continue
-unchecked, after the appearance of the blue froth and the other signs
-already indicated, the liquor will acquire a yellow color similar to
-that of beer; the froth will become white; it will give out a stale
-smell and lose its ammoniacal odor; after a few days it will turn
-whitish, and exhale a smell at first similar to that of putrefied
-animal substances; then it will acquire the odor of rotten eggs, and
-set free sulphuretted hydrogen. The lime in the pastel and the woad
-vats, and the tartar-lee and potash in the other mixtures, are used
-for the purpose of preventing these accidents.
-
-Besides the oxygenated compound, which is formed by the combination of
-oxygen with the extractive matters of the plants held in digestion,
-there is a production of carbonic acid which saturates the alkaline
-lee, and forms a carbonate of lime in the pastel vat. We find this
-attached to the sides of the vat in such quantity that the inside of
-these vessels becomes incrusted with it to a considerable depth. It is
-this product which dyers call the tartar of the vat; it effervesces
-with acids, and gives on analysis carbonic acid, lime, and a few
-particles of indigo. In the potash vat the solubility of the carbonate
-of potash prevents its deposition; but it is very probable that we
-have even here a formation of some carbonated products, perhaps in
-part formed at the expense of the carbonic acid of the air.
-
-The soluble extractive principle being the only matter which remains
-in solution in the bath with the indigo, the lime, &c., we have formed
-deposits which, varying both in their volume and in the greater or
-less facility with which they are precipitated during the various
-periods of fermentation, lead to a more or less considerable waste of
-time. If we plunge a piece of woollen tissue into a vat which has been
-recently stirred, it will acquire a dark color, and will be found
-covered with brown stains which are with difficulty removed. When the
-woad or paste vat has been stirred, it need be left two or three hours
-only before plunging in the stuff, at least during the early months of
-its working, inasmuch as the pastel, being but slightly divided and
-attenuated, is readily precipitated; but when, by reason of its
-extreme division, in consequence of repeated operations, it is thrown
-down with less facility, the dipping should not be performed oftener
-than three times in the day.
-
-The Indian vat requires less time than the others; we may even dye
-with it an hour after stirring the mixture. The potash, being soluble,
-forms no precipitate; while the ligneous fibre of the madder and the
-pellicles of the bran become deposited with great facility. We can
-also dip with these vats much oftener than with those made by pastel
-or woad.
-
-
-SICKNESS OF THE WARM VAT FOR DYEING WOOL, AND ITS REMEDIES.
-
-We have to thank that excellent practical magazine, “The American
-Chemist,” for the following notes on the sicknesses of the warm vat,
-by F. W. Kugler, translated from Reimann’s Färberzeintung:—
-
-In the wool indigo vat, among the principal “sicknesses” is the
-blackening of the vat, or “sharpening.” This arises from the presence
-of too much lime. When “sharpened,” the liquor, instead of having a
-waxy yellow color with a dense blue film on its surface, has no film;
-while the liquor is a dark blackish-green, and on being stirred shows
-a gray or white scum on its surface, while it emits at the same time a
-pungent odor. If the vat is only slightly affected, it is sufficient
-to add some bran and madder and to let it stand over night. If it has
-not quite recovered by morning, it may be necessary to heat it up,
-agitate it, and let it stand for a couple of hours, after which
-perhaps the addition of a little lime will be necessary.
-
-If the vat is much sharpened, it is recommended to sink in it a bag of
-bran, and leave it over night, when the fermentation will have
-restored the vat in a considerable degree; but it will be necessary to
-add lime cautiously and by degrees, to bring it to a proper state for
-working.
-
-The theory of the souring of the vat is given. Butyric fermentation
-takes place under certain circumstances, butyric acid being formed;
-and hydrogen is set free, which reduces the indigo. The addition of
-lime makes the vat too strongly alkaline, and sets ammonia free, which
-gives the pungent odor of the soured (_verschäften_) vat.
-Simultaneously the lime with the white indigo forms a difficultly
-soluble compound, which settles, and thus interferes with the working
-of the vat. The excess of lime must be removed, which is accomplished
-by introducing bran, which causes a lactic fermentation; and the
-lactic acid neutralizes the excess of lime, and destroys the lime
-compound with indigo which had been formed. The lime may be
-neutralized by the use of mineral acids, but there is danger in that
-case of precipitating the indigo.
-
-A second “sickness” is “becoming too sweet.” The symptoms are,—the
-blue veins and surface film disappear on stirring, the foam gives a
-rustling sound, the bath assumes a reddish-yellow color, blue goods
-placed in the bath lose their color, and the vat has an unpleasant odor.
-
-The vat when “too sweet” needs to be brought to the regular
-temperature, and lime to be added cautiously until the vat is brought
-to its normal state. It is safer to add an excess of lime and “sour”
-the vat, and then bring it back according to the directions under that
-head, than to add too little, as less indigo is lost. To use up all
-the dye and to dye a light blue, as little lime should be present as
-is consistent with the workings of the vat.
-
-The cause of the “falling away” of the vat is a too active
-fermentation, which produces considerable lactic acid, from which
-butyric acid forms, setting free hydrogen, thereby making white
-indigo, which, if the action is allowed to continue, changes to a
-compound from which the indigo cannot be recovered. If lime is added,
-the lactic and butyric acids unite with it and precipitate it, while
-the excess precipitates the white indigo, which is slowly recovered,
-as fermentation progresses, which forms lactic acid, which, taking the
-place of the white indigo, sets it free. Besides the sicknesses, there
-are various results of mismanagement, of which the first is
-overwarming, which causes the bath to turn brown, which is the
-beginning of the souring.
-
-When the bath begins to sour from overheating, some logwood should be
-added and then bran, and the vat left to itself over night. The reason
-of it is that the temperature is too high for the desired fermentation
-to operate. The vat sometimes suddenly turns green, and even when
-indigo and the other necessary ingredients are added it remains of
-this color. This is called the “breaking up of the vat.” The reason is
-that the temperature is too low; to remedy it, it is necessary to add
-logwood and bran, warm it up, and stir, when it should stand for some
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Notes Upon Indigo, by John Hayes
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOTES UPON INDIGO ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62008-0.txt or 62008-0.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/0/0/62008/
-
-Produced by Ronald Grenier. (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
diff --git a/old/62008-0.zip b/old/62008-0.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index e9a09d3..0000000
--- a/old/62008-0.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62008-h.zip b/old/62008-h.zip
deleted file mode 100644
index bddd204..0000000
--- a/old/62008-h.zip
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62008-h/62008-h.htm b/old/62008-h/62008-h.htm
deleted file mode 100644
index 745dff5..0000000
--- a/old/62008-h/62008-h.htm
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5009 +0,0 @@
-<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
-<head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" />
-
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>Notes Upon Indigo, by John L. Hayes.—A Project Gutenberg eBook</title>
- <link rel="coverpage" href="images/cover.jpg" />
- <style type="text/css">
-
- body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
- }
-
- h1, h2, h3 {
- font-size: 100%;
- text-align: center;
- }
-
- h1 { font-weight: normal; }
- h2 { margin-top: 2em; }
- h3 {margin-top: 1.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
-
- p {
- margin: 0.5em auto;
- text-align: justify;
- }
-
- hr { /*default rule across entire width */
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- clear: both;
- }
-
- hr.short {
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- text-align:center;
- width:15%;
- }
-
- hr.footnote {
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- clear: both;
- }
-
- /* Selector to keep PG from inserting a file split */
- div.no_pg_break {
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- div.section {page-break-before: always;}
- h2.nobreak {page-break-before: avoid;}
-
- /* === fonts === */
- .large { font-size: large; }
- .xlarge { font-size: x-large; }
- .small { font-size: small; }
- .xsmall { font-size: x-small; }
- .smcap { font-variant: small-caps; }
-
- /* === page #s === */
- .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- right: 1%;
- font-size: x-small;
- background-color: inherit;
- color: silver;
- text-indent: 0;
- text-align: right;
- position: absolute;
- border: thin solid silver;
- padding: .1em .2em;
- font-style: normal;
- font-variant: normal;
- font-weight: normal;
- text-decoration: none;
- }
-
- /* === alignment === */
- .right { text-align: right; }
-
- /* === lists === */
- ol {
- margin-left: 1em;
- padding-left: 1em;
- }
-
- ul {
- list-style-type: none;
- margin-left: 1em;
- padding-left: 1em;
- }
-
- li {
- padding-left: 1em;
- text-indent: -1em;
- }
-
- /* === tables === */
- .table5 { margin: auto; border-collapse: collapse; margin-top: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;}
-
- .bbt { border-bottom: thin solid; }
- .brt { border-right: thin solid; }
- .btt { border-top: thin solid; }
- .btd { border-top: double; }
- .brd { border-right: double; }
-
- td { vertical-align: top; }
-
- /* === text === */
- .nf-center { text-align: center; }
- .nf-center-c0 { text-align: left; margin: 0.5em 0; }
- .c000 { margin-top: 0.5em; margin-bottom: 0.5em; }
- .c001 { page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em; }
- .c003 { margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em; }
- .c006 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c007 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; }
- .c008 { text-align: center; }
- .c009 { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: 0.25em; margin-bottom: 0.25em; }
- .c019 { vertical-align: top; text-align: center; padding-left: 0.5em;
- padding-right: .5em; }
- .c020 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c022 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; padding-left: .5em;
- padding-right: .5em; }
- .c023 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; padding-right: 1em; padding-left: 0.5em; }
- .c024 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; }
- .c033 { margin-top: 2em; }
- .c036 { vertical-align: top; text-align: right; padding-right: 4em; }
- .c037 { vertical-align: top; text-align: left; }
- .c038 { vertical-align: top; text-align: center; padding-right: 1em; }
- .c039 { font-size: .9em; }
- .c040 { margin-top: 1em; }
-
- /* === images === */
- img {
- max-width: 100%;
- height: auto;
- }
-
- .figcenter {
- margin: 5% auto;
- text-align: center;
- clear: both;
- page-break-inside: avoid;
- }
-
- #image_Indigofera_tinctoria { width: 25%; }
- #image_Isatis_tinctoria { width: 25%; }
-
- /* === footnotes === */
- .footnote {
- font-size: small;
- margin: 1% 10% 0 10%;
- text-align: justify;
- }
-
- .footnote .label {
- position: absolute;
- right: 83%;
- text-align: right;
- }
-
- .fnanchor {
- vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration: none;
- }
-
- /* === poetry === */
- .poetry-container {
- text-align: center;
- margin: 3% auto;
- }
- .poetry {
- display: inline-block;
- text-align: left;
- font-size: 90%;
- }
- .stanza { margin: 2% auto 0% auto; }
-
- .poetry .verse {
- text-indent: -1em;
- padding-left: 1em;
- }
-
- div.titlepage {
- text-align: center;
- page-break-before: always;
- page-break-after: always;
- }
-
- .covernote { visibility: hidden; display: none; }
-
- /* === transcriber's notes === */
- div.transnote {
- background-color: #E6E6FA;
- color: black;
- font-size: smaller;
- padding: 0.5em;
- margin-bottom: 5em;
- font-family: sans-serif, serif;
- }
- @media handheld { .covernote { visibility: visible; display: block;} }
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-The Project Gutenberg EBook of Notes Upon Indigo, by John Hayes
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Notes Upon Indigo
-
-Author: John Hayes
-
-Release Date: May 3, 2020 [EBook #62008]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: UTF-8
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOTES UPON INDIGO ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Ronald Grenier. (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class='transnote covernote'>
- <p class='c000'><b>Transcriber’s Note:</b></p>
- <p class='c000'>The cover image was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain.</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class='titlepage'>
-<div>
- <h1 class="c001"><span class="xlarge">NOTES UPON INDIGO.</span></h1>
-</div>
-
-<div class="nf-center-c0">
-<div class="nf-center c003">
- <div><span class="small">BY</span></div><br />
- <div><span class="large">JOHN L. HAYES,</span></div>
- <div class="c003 xsmall">SECRETARY OF THE NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF WOOL MANUFACTURERS, FELLOW
- OF THE AMERICAN ACADEMY, AND CORRESPONDING MEMBER OF THE
- ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.</div>
-
- <div class="c033 small">From “The Bulletin of the National Association of Wool Manufacturers.”</div>
-
- <hr class="short" />
-
- <div class="c033">BOSTON:</div>
- <div>PRESS OF JOHN WILSON AND SON.</div>
- <div>1873.</div>
- </div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="section">
-<p class="c008 large">PART I.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_003">3</span></p>
-
-<p class="c008 large">NOTES UPON INDIGO.</p>
-
-<h2 class="nobreak">PART I.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<p>
-<span class="smcap">A publication</span> devoted to the interests of the woollen manufacture,
-while giving due prominence to its first raw material, wool, cannot
-neglect the secondary materials which enter into finished fabrics. The
-attractiveness and utility of the largest class of these fabrics are
-due to the hue given them by the dyer; and of all the coloring
-materials one of the most precious is indigo. In former times, as it
-still does at the East, it occupied with madder the place of one of
-the two most important of all dyeing materials. Forced of late years
-to give way to the marvellous products of modern chemistry, it will
-doubtless resume its place under the influence of a more enlightened
-economy and a more subdued taste. To contribute to the hastening of
-this return is one object of this essay. The most usual reproach
-against American fabrics is the want of stability in our dyes,—a
-reproach without justice, if applied to American fabrics alone; for
-the cheapening of dyestuffs is practised in all the so-called
-manufacturing nations, and is contemned alone in the East, from which
-we have derived our arts, and by the people whom we despise as
-barbarous. To remove this reproach from American fabrics would be
-worthy of no little temporary sacrifice on the part of our
-manufacturers.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The value of indigo as a dyeing material is due to the great stability
-of the blue color, and the derivatives from blue, which it gives to
-fabrics, especially of wool and cotton. It is not sufficient that a
-dyed fabric should preserve its color when
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_004">4</span> submitted to violent tests,
-as when acted upon by vegetable or mineral acids or alkaline or soapy
-baths: the only stable dyes are those which resist air and light, the
-two destructive agents of vegetable colors. Indigo, from the
-remarkable manner in which its color becomes fixed upon a fabric, to
-be hereafter explained, possesses properties of resistance and
-stability in a higher degree than any blue dye. And when we consider
-that this blue has not only its own hue, but is the best foundation
-for blacks, greens, purples, and even browns, the importance of these
-properties cannot be over-estimated. Says M. de Kæppelin, a chemist
-and manufacturer of Mulhouse, in one of a series of articles furnished
-to the <i>Annales du gênie Civil</i>, 1864: “So high are the properties of
-resistance and stability which indigo possesses, that it is perhaps to
-be regretted for the art of the dyer and manufacturer of printed
-calicoes, that the use of indigo becomes more and more rare, and that
-the recent discoveries which modern science has placed at the service
-of industry are daily eliminating it from our factories. I have
-observed that whenever we have to dye stuffs of a high price, it is
-indigo which always serves as a base for the foundation of all the
-blue colors, or of those which are derived from blue. It is the same
-for the fabrication of printed tissues, which serve for the poorer
-classes, whose colors should have great stability without much
-increase of cost. But of late years, especially, we find a tendency to
-employ colors of little stability, and to prefer them, even in the
-class of fabrics first referred to, to those which are more fast, on
-account of their vivacity and freshness of tone. It is this tendency,
-which the consumer partakes of even while complaining of it, that the
-textile manufacturers ought to seek to combat. How often have I heard
-the greatest manufacturers of Alsace deplore the obligation which they
-felt that they were under of printing their tissues by means of colors
-so fugacious and so little resistant as those composed from aniline.
-We must hope, then, in the interest of that industry, that while
-adopting the marvellous discoveries which science is every day making,
-there shall be made a less general application of them, and that we
-shall <span class="pagenum" id="Page_005">5</span> return to the fabrication of the styles which necessitate the
-more constant employment of coloring materials,—less brilliant, it is
-true, but more adherent to the tissues, and less alterable by air and
-light. It seems to me, also, that taste would lose nothing; and that
-printed stuffs, colored in a manner less brilliant, but more
-harmonious, would be perhaps more appreciated, especially by those who
-use them.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The tendency to substitute the brilliant for the stable dyes prevails
-too much in our own manufacture. A very considerable cloth
-manufacturer replied to our inquiry as to the extent to which he used
-indigo: “I hardly use it at all; the dye of the indigo blue is not
-bright enough to be popular.” On the other hand, we have heard our
-leading manufacturer of carpets, whose cultivated taste has led him to
-partake of M. de Kæppelin’s views, deplore the introduction of aniline
-dyes, as a positive calamity to the textile industry. It is the
-influence of the trade, the immediate consumers of fabrics, rather
-than the judgment of manufacturers, which promotes the use of the
-modern fugacious dyes. The dealers desire not only to imitate the
-fashionable colors of European goods, but to secure the utmost
-cheapness. One of our largest manufacturers of woollen goods, who had
-made a special study of the best processes abroad, and was desirous of
-bringing better dyed goods into more general consumption, urged one of
-his largest customers, an extensive dealer, to allow him to dye the
-waterproof cloakings which he was furnishing for his house, in fast
-indigo colors, assuring him that he would charge simply the additional
-cost of the indigo, without profit. The offer, which involved the cost
-of only a few cents a yard, which would have been gladly paid by the
-last consumer if the difference of value had been made known, was
-declined. It is not improbable that the inferior goods which the
-manufacturer was compelled to furnish were sold to the public as fast
-dyed. Our manufacturers, therefore, may not have been responsible for
-the predicament in which the most enthusiastic defender of our
-protective policy found himself, as we have it from his own lips.
-Being about to make a speech in Congress in defence of American
-industries, he put on, for the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_006">6</span> first time, a coat declared to have
-been made of American cloth. Sitting down, heated and perspiring from
-the excitement of his effort, he found that beneath the arms whose
-gestures had enforced his eulogies of American industry, the pretended
-fast blue of his coat had become <i>red</i>, literally <i>blushing</i> for its
-unmerited praise. That fast-dyed goods of the highest excellence can
-be and are furnished by American manufacturers, is shown by our army
-cloths. The government specifications, copies of which are published
-elsewhere in this number, require that all the blue woollen cloth, cap
-cloth, and flannels furnished for the army shall be “pure indigo
-dyed.” The requisition is strictly enforced. The admirable effect of
-this regulation may be witnessed at any dress parade of a battalion of
-United States soldiers. The persistency and uniformity of the hue
-under constant wear—the cloth of the common soldier in its superior
-dye often favorably contrasting with the finer but fancy dyed cloth of
-the officer—is one of the circumstances which justify the assertion,
-that our army is the best clothed in the world. The contrast is more
-remarkable still with the <i>quondam</i> blue cloth, converted by sun
-and rain-into every shade of shabbiness, which we purchased in Europe
-for our soldiers at the commencement of our late war.
-</p>
-
-<h3>ORIGIN AND EXTRACTION OF INDIGO.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Indigo is a coloring material of vegetable origin, which owes its
-color and its important applications to a direct blue principle, known
-under the name of indigotine. It has been used as a dyestuff from time
-immemorial, by the inhabitants of India; and it is from the East, the
-cradle of the textile arts, that Europe has derived it. It was
-probably received from India by the Greeks, among other products first
-made known to them by the expeditions of Alexander the Great.
-Dioscorides clearly refers to indigo in mentioning the two coloring
-matters brought from India. Pliny mentions a coloring material, having
-an admirable mixture of blue and purple, as coming from India, which
-he calls <i>indicum</i>. That he refers to indigo is curiously manifest by
-the test which he gives, by which the genuine drug might always and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_007">7</span>
-<i>certainly be distinguished from the spurious</i>. This is by putting it
-on live coals, when, says he, “the true <i>indicum</i> will burn with a
-flame of a most beautiful purple tint.” The purple vapor from burning
-indigo is still a characteristic test. The Romans, it is apparent,
-used indigo only as a pigment, not knowing what is still the most
-important art connected with its use,—how to make it soluble so as to
-be available in dyeing.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-That indigo as a commercial product was first obtained from India is
-not only proved by the testimony of Pliny, and other ancient writers,
-but is confirmed by a variety of circumstances, and particularly by
-its name, which is known to have been <i>nil</i> in the Hindu language,
-from the earliest times of which there is mention of it. This name is
-still given by the Hindoos to the color blue, and to all the plants
-producing indigo. The Arabs and Egyptians, who obtained a knowledge of
-indigo from India, adopted the Hindu name, the Arabs calling it <i>nil</i>
-or <i>nir</i>, and the Egyptians <i>nil</i> or <i>niel</i>. The Portuguese preserved
-the Indian name, with a slight modification, the substance being
-called <i>aniliera</i> in their language. The coloring substances
-afterwards found in coal-tar having been first found in indigo, modern
-science has adopted for them the name of <i>aniline</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-It has been asserted that this substance was not known in Europe until
-the time of the discovery of the passage to India round the Cape of
-Good Hope. But Dr. Bancroft has shown that indigo was brought by
-merchants from India to Alexandria, and thence to Venice, when that
-city was the <i>entrepôt</i> of Europe and the East. It doubtless
-contributed to the excellence which the Italian states first attained
-in the wool manufacture. The drug was called <i>endigo</i> in Venice, and
-it is from that city that we have derived its name and use. It was
-imperfectly known in England under its Spanish name in the sixteenth
-century, for we find in Hackluyt “Voyages” his instructions to a
-traveller who was going to Turkey to ascertain “if <i>anile</i>, that
-coloureth blue, be a natural commodity of those parts, and if it be
-composed of an herbe.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The general introduction of indigo into Europe was impeded by
-legislative enactments, prompted mainly by those employed <span class="pagenum" id="Page_008">8</span> in
-industries which it threatened to displace. These were chiefly the
-producers of and dealers in <i>woad</i>, formerly used exclusively for
-dyeing blue, and the corporation of woad dyers. When dyers from Italy
-and Flanders attempted to introduce the superior dyes of indigo, the
-woad interests were sufficiently powerful to induce the Elector of
-Saxony to denounce the use of the new dyestuff. It was pronounced in
-the Diet of the Empire as “a corrosive color,” and “fit food only for
-the devil,” <i>fressende teufels</i>. Similar propositions were made in
-England and France, in which latter the free use of indigo was not
-permitted until 1737.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Although indigo as known in the arts is a product of vegetable origin,
-we must not omit to notice that one source of its production is the
-human body. It was discovered some years since that the blue color
-sometimes found in diseased urines, and in certain suppurations, is
-due to indigo. Dr. Schunck, in some papers read before the Royal
-Society, has shown that it is a frequent constituent of urine secreted
-by persons in a healthy state, and that, in fact, it is produced
-generally when persons do not take sufficient exercise; and he has
-several times succeeded in producing it by taking in his food a rather
-large excess of sugar. He has found this substance also in the urine
-of beef cattle. It must also be observed that the chemical actions of
-indigotine with oxidizing agents, showing indigo to have a very close
-relation to aniline and carbolic acid, both products derived from
-coal-tar, have produced in the minds of chemists the conviction that
-indigotine, like alizarine, the coloring principle of madder, will one
-day be artificially produced from coal-tar.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The plants which are known to furnish indigo are quite numerous, being
-not less than sixty; they do not all belong to the same family, and
-none of them contain the coloring principle already formed. The most
-important belong to the leguminous family, from which most of the
-vegetable dyes are derived, and to the genus <i>indigofera</i>. The species
-cultivated and most esteemed are <i>Indigofera tinctoria</i>, <i>I.
-disperma</i>, <i>I. anil</i>, <i>I. argentea</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_009">9</span>
-</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img id="image_Indigofera_tinctoria" src="./images/pg001.png"
- alt="Drawing of the Indigofera tinctoria plant" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The principal source of the indigo of commerce is the <i>Indigofera
-tinctoria</i>. The accompanying figure is a correct representation of the
-plant, and we may dispense with a description of its botanical
-characters, observing only that the plant has a half woody stem, and
-rises to the height of from three to five feet. The plants exhale a
-strong odor towards evening in the fields where they are cultivated.
-The leaves have a disagreeable taste, and rapidly putrefy in water.
-The plant originated in Campaja, or Guzerat, but is cultivated in
-Hindostan, China, Java, and in the East Indies generally. It was
-carried by the Spaniards to South America and the West Indies, and it
-can be acclimated in all hot countries. The <i>Indigofera argentea</i>, or
-indigo plant of Egypt, furnishes the indigo produced in that country
-and Arabia.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The culture of the plant and the production of commercial indigo is
-carried on a vast scale in Lower Bengal. We have before us a large
-map, placed at our disposal by an India merchant of Boston, showing
-the location of each of the hundreds of factories of that important
-centre of production. These factories have been developed by British
-enterprise; and India thus receives some slight compensation for the
-ruin of her cotton manufacture by the same influence.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The propagation of the indigo plant in that country is made by sowing
-in a thoroughly tilled silico-argillaceous soil. The seed of the plant
-is sowed annually in the spring or autumn, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_010">10</span> according to the variety
-used, some germinating more slowly, and requiring to remain in the
-ground longer than others. The time of putting in the seed is also
-governed by the nature of the soil and its position in respect to
-neighboring rivers. In the lowlands subject to inundations, the indigo
-ought to be all cut at the period of the rains and inundations, which
-would destroy the crop in a brief time. Besides, during the rainy
-period the planter has at his disposal sufficient water to commence
-his operations of fabricating the indigo, which is the suitable time
-for beginning the cutting of the plant. The time of cutting the
-indigo plants is therefore regulated by the elevation of the land and
-danger from floods. The high lands are always sowed several weeks
-after those subject to inundations.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The Chinese prick out the young plants in parallel rows, always
-preserving the land quite clear of weeds. By taking away the blossoms
-of the plant before their development, they increase the growth of the
-leaves, and, consequently, the return of indigo; for it is in the
-leaves principally that the coloring material is found.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In certain localities the planters break off the leaves which have
-acquired a bluish green tint. But more frequently the whole plant is
-cut down close to the ground in the months of June or July, when the
-flowers begin to open. The portion of the plant which remains pushes
-up quite rapidly, and furnishes a second, and even third, and
-sometimes, though rarely, a fourth cutting. The quality of the product
-diminishes according to the number of the cuttings.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The plant called <i>nil</i>, cut down to the root and gathered up in
-packages, is worked up the same evening. The package is formed from
-the product of a space of land embraced by a chain about three yards
-long. The value of the first material changes with the value of the
-soil. Thus, one soil produces a plant which has many stems and few
-leaves, while another gives many leaves and few stems. The richness in
-coloring material depends upon the quantity of leaves, but varies also
-with an equal weight of leaves with atmospheric influences. Thus
-regular dealers in the article observe a marked difference in the
-quality of indigo in different seasons.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_011">11</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-M. A. Koechlin Schwartz has recently published some interesting notes
-upon the preparation of indigo in Lower Bengal. In that country, which
-furnishes excellent indigo, the factory includes, besides filters,
-presses, a steam-engine, drying apparatus, and reservoir of water, two
-lines of vats, arranged one above the other, from fifteen to twenty in
-each line. These vats are built up with bricks, and covered with a
-strong coat of solid and well made stucco. They are square, about six
-yards on a side, and about a yard deep. The back row is about a yard
-above the front one. The plant is fermented in the vats of the upper
-row; when the operation of fermentation is terminated, a faucet is
-opened, and the liquid is run into the lower vat. The water of the
-Ganges, which is relatively pure, and thus well suited for this work,
-is brought into basins of deposition, where it becomes clarified, and
-is distributed by a common canal to the vats of the upper row. The
-plants, cut in the morning and bound up into packages, come to the
-factory after midday, and are thrown into the vat in the evening. A
-vat contains one hundred packages carefully arranged, one beside the
-other; heavy timbers are placed upon the plants, which are pressed
-down by means of large wedges. It is necessary that the plants should
-be pressed together very compactly, as without this the fermentation
-does not take place to advantage. At nightfall the water is introduced
-into the vats, and fills them so as completely to submerge the plants.
-The fermentation is more or less prolonged according to the
-temperature. Its duration varies from nine to fourteen hours. The
-workmen judge as to the procedure of the operation by withdrawing a
-little of the liquid in the lower vat. If it is of a clear pale yellow
-when withdrawn, it will furnish a product less abundant but more pure
-than if of a deep gold color.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-At the moment of its issue from the fermenting vat the liquid is of a
-yellow color, more or less deep. The liquid is allowed to remain
-undisturbed for a brief period, when twelve naked men, armed with long
-bamboos, enter the vat to beat the water while it is still warm.
-During this time the upper vat is emptied and cleaned out for the
-succeeding operation. One vat requires <span class="pagenum" id="Page_012">12</span> seventeen workpeople (twelve
-men and five women). They thrash the water for two or three hours. The
-liquid passes by little and little to a pale green, and the indigo is
-found on suspension in the form of small floccules. The liquor is
-suffered to remain undisturbed for half an hour; it is then gradually
-decanted by opening, one after the other, the discharging holes placed
-at different heights. The water returns to the river, and the
-precipitate, under the form of a thin <i>bouille</i>, is turned into a
-reservoir. This <i>bouille</i> is pumped up into a vessel, and made to boil
-for a moment to prevent a second fermentation, which would injure the
-quality of the product, by turning it black. It is suffered to rest
-about twenty hours, and the next morning it is again subjected to
-boiling, the ebullition being kept up three or four hours. The boiling
-deposit is then turned off upon a large filter, through which the
-water drips. This filter is composed of a vat constructed of masonry,
-covered with stucco, about eighteen feet long by six feet wide and
-three feet deep. This is covered with bamboos, upon which is a grating
-of smaller reeds, and above by a stout strained cloth. There remains
-upon the cloth a thick paste, of a deep blue and nearly black color.
-The water which is run into the vat deposits some indigo which has
-pressed through the filter. This is decanted after being allowed to
-rest, and the turbid liquid is boiled the next day with the fresh
-indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The paste of the filter is introduced into some small boxes of wood,
-pierced with holes, and provided above and below with a strong cotton
-cloth. The whole is again covered with a piece of stuff, and then with
-a covering of wood, pierced with small holes, and it is placed under a
-press, the force being gradually applied, so as to cause the water to
-run out as much as possible. There is withdrawn from the box a cake of
-the size of a cake of Marseilles soap. The water squeezed out flows
-back into the filtering vat, to be boiled again with the fresh indigo.
-The drying of the cakes ought to be done very slowly.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The dry-house is a large building of masonry, quite high, and pierced
-with many openings, provided with narrow blinds, to prevent the direct
-light of the sun from penetrating into the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_013">13</span> interior. Care is taken
-also to surround the dry-house with large shade-trees. The cakes take
-from three to four days to dry, after which they are packed in small
-boxes and carried to Calcutta, the great market of Bengal.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The details above given apply to the factories managed by European
-planters. The natives operate in nearly the same manner, but with less
-care, and consequently their products are inferior. The average
-product of indigo in Lower Bengal is stated at 4,000,000 kilograms, or
-8,840,000 pounds per year. The most remarkable fact to be noticed in
-these operations is, that the blue principle is developed by chemical
-action from certain absolutely colorless principles existing in the
-plant. The theory of the change effected is still somewhat in doubt,
-because no chemist has studied the fresh plant, and observed upon the
-spot the phases of the operation of the production of indigo on a
-large scale. But the most accepted theory is that derived from the
-researches of Dr. Schunck, upon the <i>isatis</i> or woad-plant, which
-produces indigotine in a much less degree than the true indigo plants;
-viz., that the indigo exists in the plants combined with sugar,
-forming a glucoside, to which he gives the name <i>indican</i>. This
-compound, under the influence of fermentation in the manufacturing
-process, is supposed to be unfolded into indigo and sugar.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Without dwelling upon this question, which is beyond our province, we
-observe that the plants of the genus <i>indigofera</i> are used for the
-production of commercial indigo, on account of the greater richness in
-the coloring principle. Other plants, which furnish the same coloring
-principle, indigotine, are more frequently used directly in dyeing to
-furnish the blue principle than they are for the production of indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The most important of these plants, although there are others, such as
-the <i>Polygonum tinctorium</i> and the <i>Nerium tinctorium</i>, is the <i>Isatis
-tinctoria</i>, which produces pastel, or woad. This, plant belongs to the
-family of cruciferæ, and is a biennial. It is represented in the
-accompanying figure.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_014">14</span>
-</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter">
- <img id="image_Isatis_tinctoria" src="./images/pg002.png"
- alt="Drawing of the Isatis tinctoria plant" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The leaves which surround the stem are collected in May or June of the
-second year, when they begin to turn yellow. The wasted and dried
-leaves are sometimes used directly for dyeing, but more generally the
-leaves, after being cut and dried, are carried to a mill, and then
-ground to a paste, after which it is formed into a mass or heap, and
-being covered to protect it from rain, is left to undergo a partial
-fermentation for about a fortnight. The heap is then well mixed and
-formed into balls, which are exposed to the sun and wind to dry, and
-thereby prevent the putrefaction which would otherwise take place.
-Being afterwards collected in heaps, these balls again ferment, become
-hot, and emit the odor of ammonia, which Hume tells us, in the History
-of England, gave such offence to Queen Elizabeth that she issued an
-edict to prohibit the cultivation of this plant. After the heat has
-continued for some time, these balls fall into a dry powder, in which
-form the woad is usually sold to the dyer. The best French woad comes
-from Provence, Languedoc, and Normandy. In Germany, the pastel of
-Thuringia is used almost exclusively; <span class="pagenum" id="Page_015">15</span> the packages have the trade-mark
-of three towers, with the numbers 4, 5. In this country, owing
-probably to the prejudices of practical dyers, who have generally come
-from England, the Lancashire woad is almost exclusively used. The very
-little imported of late years, ranging from two thousand to twelve
-thousand dollars annually in value, is used for mixing with indigo in
-the so-called woad vat, to be hereafter described.
-</p>
-
-<h3>COMMERCIAL INDIGOES.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The following description of the indigoes of commerce is taken
-principally from Schutzenberger’s excellent treatise on coloring
-materials. It coincides very nearly with that given by Napier from
-Dumas and Chevrueil. Indigoes are classed, according to their origin,
-into three groups.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-1. Indigoes of Asia (from Bengal, Oude or Coromandel, Manilla, Madras,
-and Java).
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-2. Indigoes of Africa (Egypt, Island of France, Senegal).
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-3. Indigoes of America (Guatemala, Caraccas, Mexico, Brazil, and the
-West Indies).
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The three varieties in most esteem are those of Bengal, Java,
-and Guatemala.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Indigoes of Java</i>.—These are distinguished by the great purity of
-their coloring material. They contain the minimum of extractive
-organic matter. If, in spite of this, they do not give a high yield of
-indigotine; this is owing to a mixture of silicious mineral substances
-with their paste. The paste is soft. It adheres strongly to the
-tongue, and its density is feeble. They are generally of a pure blue,
-light or ash colored in the kinds which are less rich, and of a
-magnificent violet blue in the superior qualities. The last take a
-beautiful copper color when scratched by the nail. They are placed in
-the very first rank among all indigoes in respect to fineness and
-beauty, if not in richness in the blue coloring principle. Their
-purity, complete absence from carbonate of lime, and the small
-quantity of foreign organic materials which they contain, cause them
-to be much sought for, for the preparation of <i>carmine</i> of indigo. The
-consumption of the Javan indigoes in this country is so small as not
-to be appreciated.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_016">16</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Bengal Indigoes</i>.—These are the indigoes <i>par excellence</i>, for in
-them are found the most varied qualities, from the most beautiful and
-rich to the most ordinary. The superior qualities are of a deep violet
-blue, with a fine and uniform paste; they adhere to the tongue, are
-easily pulverized, and take a beautiful coppery tint when scratched by
-the nail. The fresh fracture shows a magnificent purplish blue
-reflection. Their yield in indigotine does not surpass seventy-two per
-cent.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-After these come the reddish-violet indigoes with a purplish hue, and
-a fracture more uniform and shiny. They are also more dense and hard
-than the superior qualities. The reddish hue does not proceed from the
-greater or less amount of coloring material contained, but from the
-presence of a greater quantity of brown and red extractive matter.
-These qualities are not to be despised, for the kinds which give the
-best results in the dyeing vat are found in these indigoes. It would
-seem, in fact, says the author whom we are following, “that the browns
-and reds of indigo play an important part in vat dyeing, that they are
-able to become dissolved and to fix themselves upon the tissues at the
-same time as the indigotine, and thus operate to reinforce the hue.
-The fact is, that dyers generally prefer the reddish indigoes to the
-other varieties.” Among the Bengal indigoes there is found a clear
-blue variety, less rich in coloring matter, but also more exempt from
-organic substances. The impurity is constituted by mineral matters. It
-is less dense, adheres strongly to the tongue, and does not take a
-coppery hue, like the other varieties, when scratched by the nail.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The worst qualities of the Bengal indigoes, as in all the species, are
-the clear blues, shading on to gray or green. This coloration denotes
-a great quantity of extractive matter different from the indigo brown
-which characterizes the red varieties, and completely inert. These
-indigoes are hard, dense, adhere little or none to the tongue, and do
-not show coppery reflections when scratched.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The most skilful connoisseurs distinguish forty-three varieties
-of Bengal indigo. The most important are the following:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-1. <i>Superfine blue, light or floating</i>.—Color bright blue; <span class="pagenum" id="Page_017">17</span> light,
-friable, and spongy; adherent to the tongue, soft to the touch,
-showing coppery reflections when rubbed by the nail; paste uniform and
-pure.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-2. <i>Fine blue</i>.—Like the preceding, but the color a little less vivid.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-3. <i>Violet blue</i>.—A little less light and friable. Has a violet blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-4. <i>Superfine violet</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-5. <i>Superfine purple</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-6. <i>Fine violet</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-7. <i>Good violet</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-8. <i>Red violet</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-9. <i>Ordinary violet</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-10. <i>Good soft red</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-11. <i>Good red</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-12. The indigoes, <i>fine coppery, good coppery, ordinary coppery, and
-low coppery</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The Indigoes of Oude and Coromandel</i>.—These are made in the interior
-of Hindostan. Those of the best quality correspond to the middling
-Bengal indigoes, and are met with in square masses, having an even
-fracture, but are more difficult to break; the inferior qualities are
-heavy, of a sandy feel, having a blue color, bordering on green or
-gray, or even black; often in large squares, and covered with a slight
-crust or rind of a greenish color. They are the most difficult to
-break of all the indigoes of commerce.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Madras Indigoes</i>.—They have a grained fracture, and are of a cubical
-figure. The superior qualities have no rind. The qualities are fine
-blue, mixed violet blue, and ordinary. They are all lighter, and less
-rich in coloring matter than the Bengal indigoes.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Manilla Indigoes</i>.—These occur in cubical blocks, flat squares, or in
-irregular pieces. They are light, with a fine paste, and of a clear
-blue. They effervesce with acids, showing the presence of carbonate of
-lime incorporated in their paste. They are consequently poor in
-coloring material, and are hence almost exclusively used as a bluing
-material in washing fabrics.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_018">18</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>American Indigoes</i>. <i>Guatemala</i>.—These indigoes are produced now
-altogether in Hunduras, although they still retain in commerce the
-name of Guatemalan. They are generally found in small pieces,
-irregular in form and size, and come in envelopes of skin containing
-about half as much as the Bengal chests. Putting aside the difference
-in exterior form, these indigoes approach very closely to those of
-Bengal. The same qualities are found, only they are more frequently
-mixed. The clear blue is more rare, and, when it is found, it is
-poorer in coloring matter. In purchasing these indigoes it is
-necessary to beware of the reds, which often contain a strong
-proportion of the brown extractive matter. It is not rare to find
-among the Guatemalan indigoes beautiful specimens of the blue violet,
-equal to the richest Bengal variety. Unfortunately, this superior
-variety is generally mixed with inferior kinds, as to have less value.
-The American indigoes are classified as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Guatemala floro</i>.—Bright blue, paste uniform, soft and light. This
-variety, in Bancroft’s time, was the most esteemed of all indigoes.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Guatemala sobresaliente</i>.—Less light, the paste firmer and the blue
-less beautiful.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Guatemala corte, or copper-colored</i>.—Paste less firm and heavier,
-coppery red.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Caraccas</i>.—These resemble very much the Guatemala varieties. The
-qualities are designated by analogous names, but they are, in general,
-less esteemed than the preceding.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Mexican</i>.—They hold an intermediary rank between the
-Caraccas and Mexican.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Brazil</i>.—These indigoes are in small rectangular parallele-piped
-masses, or in irregular lumps of a greenish gray color externally, and
-having a smooth fracture, a firm consistency, and a copper-colored
-tint of greater or less brilliancy.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The indigoes of Africa and Egypt</i>.—These have only been manufactured
-within the last twenty years; they are in flat squares. The paste is
-fine and quite light, and the color pure blue or bordering on violet.
-The varieties are distinguished as fine blue and good violet and red.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_019">19</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Indigoes of the Isle of France and Senegal</i>. Rare in commerce, but
-of good quality.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The indigoes of the inferior qualities, characterized by a salt-like
-color, bordering more or less upon green; by a coarse, uneven, and
-very dense paste; by not adhering to the tongue, and by not showing a
-coppery color when scratched,—can never be employed to advantage,
-notwithstanding their low price. The purchaser of these qualities must
-be guided solely by the results of analysis; for an article is found
-in commerce whose richness in indigotine does not exceed twelve to
-fourteen per cent. The presence of so high a proportion of foreign
-matter prevents the chemical change which the indigo ought to undergo
-in the dyeing vat; and this foreign matter, added to the deposits of
-the dyeing vats, causes great loss of the coloring matter. These
-indigoes should be used as little as possible, especially in the cold
-vats used for dyeing cotton and linen. The middle varieties of the
-Bengal and Guatemala indigoes, and, above all, the red varieties,
-produce in the cold vats the most advantageous results. The lower
-qualities above spoken of present less inconvenience in the hot vats
-used for dyeing wool; and it is for this purpose that they are
-generally used. In considering the previous observations, the wool
-manufacturer may arrive at this conclusion: that while he can, with
-less loss than the maker of cotton fabrics, make use of the lowest
-qualities of indigo, he will obtain <i>the best results from the middle
-qualities of the reddish Bengal indigoes</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The skilled dealers in indigo recognize not only the above
-distinctions, founded upon the country of production, color, and
-physical qualities, but they observe whether the article has any of
-the following defects, which are designated by certain well-understood
-terms: such as whether the indigo is <i>sandy</i>,—when brilliant points
-are observed in the interior, which are in reality particles of sand;
-<i>spotted</i>, that is to say, of unequal tint, and marked by small
-blackish points; <i>ribboned</i>, marked by transversal bands of a paler,
-and sometimes red color; <i>burnt</i>, the pieces having a scorched
-appearance, due to rapid drying, and <span class="pagenum" id="Page_020">20</span> separating into small black
-fragments under the pressure of the hand; <i>crumbly</i>, when in pieces of
-irregular figure, proceeding from fractures of the squares; <i>cold</i>,
-when the indigo does not adhere to the tongue. The above
-classification is presented with a full knowledge that these
-distinctions are by no means recognized in the ordinary commerce in
-this article. It is not, however, without interest as an illustration
-of the minute attention given to this subject in Europe, where a
-higher manufacture requires a nicer investigation of the qualities of
-materials employed.
-</p>
-
-<h3>DETERMINATION OF THE RICHNESS AND PURITY OF INDIGOES.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-It is evident that the commercial form and the high price of this drug
-favor fraud, and the desire to illicitly introduce foreign substances
-into the paste. It is important, therefore, that the purchaser should
-carefully ascertain the actual value of the article which he is to
-use. He should know not only the proportion of indigotine contained,
-which varies in the commercial indigoes from twelve to seventy-five
-per cent, but the hardness and density. A good indigo ought to have
-qualities which can be recognized by the eye and touch alone. The
-first and the only examination ordinarily made by purchasers is in
-respect to the physical qualities of the article. Different pieces are
-selected, and their fresh fracture is attentively observed. The
-purchaser observes whether the squares are like each other, and if the
-parts of the same piece present the same tint. He determines the
-porosity by the simple means of applying his tongue to the fresh
-fracture. The more rapid the adherence of the tongue, the more porous
-the indigo. By scratching the piece with his finger-nail, he
-determines the extent of the coppery reflection, — an important test.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-From all these characters, taken together, the purchaser can form
-quite a correct idea of the value of indigoes in general; and the
-greater number of dyers, both in Europe and this country, are
-satisfied to make their purchases with only this physical examination.
-The most experienced dealers in this country <span class="pagenum" id="Page_021">21</span> make no other examination
-than the physical one. An eminent indigo broker in Boston has
-permitted me to copy the following memoranda for the physical
-examination of indigo from his notebook.
-</p>
-
-<div class="c039">
-<p class="c009 c040">
-The chief signs of good indigo are its lightness, feeling dry when
-touched, and, when broken, appearing of a beautiful violet blue. Good
-indigo swims in water; if thrown upon burning coals it emits a
-violet-colored smoke, and leaves but little ashes.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In selecting indigo the large regularly formed cakes should be
-preferred,—those of a fine, rich blue color, extremely free from the
-white adhesive mould,<a
- id="FNanchor_1"></a> <a href="#Footnote_1"
- class="fnanchor">[1]</a> and of a clean, neat shape. When broken, it
-should be of a bright purple cast, of a close and compact texture,
-free from specks or sand, and when rubbed with the nail should have a
-beautiful shiny coppery appearance; when burnt in a candle it should
-fly like dust; that which is heavy and dull colored should be
-rejected. Indigo is estimated and classed in commercial language, as
-follows: fine blue, ordinary blue, fine purple, inferior purple, and
-violet, strong copper, and ordinary copper. It is purchased by the
-factory maund (74⅔ lbs. The Bazaar maund is 82²⁄₅₀ lbs.), packed in
-cases containing on an average 2¼ cwt., dammered (pitched) and covered
-with gunny bagging.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<p class="c009 c040">
-Still, in making large purchases, as a measure of wise precaution the
-chemical test should be added. This is used to ascertain the
-proportion per cent of indigotine which a given indigo has. The
-determination of the quality of indigotine contained is not alone
-sufficient to fix the value of an indigo. With an equal yield of
-indigotine, the indigoes are always to be preferred which have a light
-and soft paste; and for the preparation of the indigo vat the
-preference should be always given to the violet red rather than to the
-clear blue indigoes.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The chemical works which treat of this subject give elaborate details
-of a great number of processes for determining by chemical tests the
-amount of indigotine, or the coloring material in indigoes. To give
-these numerous processes would only <span class="pagenum" id="Page_022">22</span> confuse the reader. In our own
-confusion upon this subject we submitted the descriptions of these
-various processes to one of the most eminent and practical of American
-chemists, Dr. Charles T. Jackson, an official State Assayer for the
-State of Massachusetts, who has had much experience in testing indigo,
-with a request that he would describe the process which he approves
-and practises. He has obliged us by the following communication:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="right">
-<span class="smcap">Boston</span>, Nov. 21, 1872.<br />
-No. 47 Court Street, Room 4.
-</p>
-
-<p>
-<span class="smcap">John L. Hayes</span>, Esq.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Dear Sir</span>,—In reply to your inquiry as to the simplest method of
-analyzing indigo, I would say that I first ascertain the amount per
-cent of earthy matters and metallic oxides, in the samples brought to
-me, by burning a weighed quantity in a counterpoised platinum
-crucible, until all organic matters are removed or consumed, and then
-weighing the ashes obtained. The ash is then subjected to analysis in
-the usual way, and lime, alumina, peroxide of iron, and some other
-earthy impurities are separated.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Then, to determine the amount of coloring matter, or indigotine, I
-make use of a standard sample of pure reduced indigo, which is
-dissolved in the most concentrated sulphuric acid, and diluted with
-water after solution. Then I ascertain how much bleaching powder
-(chloride of lime) is required to dissolve the solution. This is the
-quantity required for absolutely pure indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Now, the indigo of commerce does not contain more than say from forty
-or fifty per cent of pure indigotine, and of course will require a
-smaller quantity of bleaching powder to decolor it; or the quantity of
-bleaching powder to decolor a given weight of pure indigo may be
-weighed out, and the sample to be compared having been dissolved in
-strong sulphuric acid, and diluted with water, is to be poured in and
-stirred or shaken well until the point of decoloration is ascertained.
-In this case it is best to weigh out at least twice as much of the
-sample to be tested as was used of pure indigo, and to measure the
-solution in a graduated glass vessel,—an alkalimeter, for example,—so
-that by measure we may know exactly how much of the sample we add to
-the solution of bleaching powder. Thus the relative coloring values of
-the samples may be readily ascertained.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-If you have no purified indigo on hand, you can make a good
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_023">23</span>
-comparative trial of your samples against a perfectly good sample of
-Bengal indigo, which may be kept for a standard of comparison. Very
-useful practical results may thus be obtained.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-It is well, however, to keep on hand a standard sample of pure indigo,
-prepared from reduced or white indigo, as directed by Berzelius (vol.
-vi. page 3, French ed., 1832), and in Muspratt’s Chemistry applied to
-the Arts (Dyeing, Indigo).
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In the analysis by reduction of indigo, the process is simply as
-follows: Reduce the indigo to fine powder, and weigh it; weigh out an
-equal quantity of pure quicklime (made from pure white marble).
-Measure in a graduated vessel a certain volume of water. Slack the
-lime with a portion of this water. The rest of this water is to be
-used in rubbing up the indigo in a mortar. Then the slacked lime is to
-be mixed with the indigo, rubbing the substances well together.
-Introduce the whole into a large flask; 1½ to 2 litres (about 3 to 4½
-pints) of water is required for 1 gramme (or about 15 grains of
-indigo). The flask and contents are then to be exposed to a heat of
-from 176° to 190° F. for some hours. This is best effected in a water
-bath. By this digestion the lime is made to combine with the indigo
-brown, and the coloring matter is set at liberty. Dissolve in the
-liquor a little protosulphate of iron, exempt from copper, and reduced
-to a fine powder. The flask is to be corked and well shaken, and
-allowed to cool. When the sediment is settled, decant the clear
-solution by means of a syphon into a graduated glass. The coloring
-matter oxidizes by exposure to the air; and to favor this oxidation
-and to keep the lime in solution, add muriatic acid to the liquor.
-When the liquor has become clear, filter and collect the precipitate
-on a weighed filter, which wash with hot water, and dry at a
-temperature of 212° F. Thus we can learn, by weighing the filter
-again, how much indigotine is contained in the sample.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-If we make use of 200 measures of water, and have drawn off 50
-measures of the solution to oxidate, and this 50 measures has produced
-10 grains of indigo, the whole sample evidently contained 40 grains of
-indigo blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-This method serves both for an assay of the sample and the production
-of a standard sample of pure indigotine. The operation may be carried
-on upon a larger scale for the manufacture of a standard sample.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c036">Yours truly,
-</p>
-
-<p class="c007"><span class="smcap">C. T. Jackson.</span>
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_024">24</span>
-</p>
-
-<p>
-Dr. Jackson adds the following note:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In the processes given I have not referred to the qualitative analysis
-or testing for all the kinds of adulterations, but have given only
-valuation of the coloring power of indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-I have had occasion to search indigo for Prussian blue, an occasional
-adulterant. This is ascertained by caustic potash, which becomes in
-part an oxide if Prussian blue is present. This acidulates with
-muriatic acid, and, tested with sulphate of iron, proves, by formation
-of Prussian blue, the presence of the ferrocyanide of potash in the
-solution, and hence Prussian blue in the indigo. Lime and clay are the
-usual adulterants, and oxide of iron is often present accidentally or
-from the clay adulterants. Starch and flour are rarely used, as they
-add little to the weight.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c007">C. T. J.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1">
-<span class="label">[1]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-Many experienced purchasers in this country pay no regard to this
-mould, as it weighs scarcely any thing.—<span class="smcap">Ed.</span>
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<h3>COMMERCE IN INDIGO.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Before proceeding to a consideration of the practical applications of
-indigo in manufacturing, we must pause to make some general
-observations upon the commerce in indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The first European impulse given to this commerce was made by the
-Spanish and Portuguese. They not only imported indigo from the Indies,
-but established its fabrication in their colonies. To them we owe its
-production in Guatemala, Caraccas, and Brazil. The French exported
-from the Island of San Domingo, only, in 1774, 2,350,000 pounds weight
-of this commodity. British influence was exerted in favor of the
-development of this article in the American colonies, and, in 1773, in
-the space of twelve months, over a million pounds of indigo were
-exported from South Carolina. The production in India was at that time
-of little importance. It was not until 1783 that the attention of the
-English was directed to the culture of indigo in India for European
-consumption, that produced by the natives being all consumed in their
-own manufactures. In the hands of the English this product rapidly
-rose to be the most important of India, in a commercial view, except
-that of rice. The small cost of a factory, and the comparatively small
-capital required for <span class="pagenum" id="Page_025">25</span> this production, caused the indigo culture to be
-preferred to sugar planting. The importation and sale of this
-commodity at the East India House, in 1792, amounted to 581,827 lbs.,
-while the importation into Great Britain from other parts of the world
-amounted to 1,285,927 lbs. In 1806 the importation from the East
-Indies, and sales at the East India House, amounted to 4,811,700 lbs.,
-and produced in sterling money £1,685,275. In the year 1862–63, the
-export from India, and the destination of supplies, were as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Destination">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="btd bbt brt c019 small">Destination.</td>
- <td class="btd bbt brt c019 small" colspan="2">Quantity.</td>
- <td class="btd bbt c019 small">Value.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">United Kingdom</td>
- <td class="c022 small">8,537,133</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small">lbs.</td>
- <td class="c023 small">$1,627,035</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">America</td>
- <td class="c022 small">134,064</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">26,949</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">Arabian and Persian Gulfs</td>
- <td class="c022 small">343,037</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">33,385</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">France</td>
- <td class="c022 small">1,922,120</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">371,396</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">Germany</td>
- <td class="c022 small">85,680</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">15,504</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">Suez</td>
- <td class="c022 small">295,269</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">51,730</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 brt small">Other places</td>
- <td class="c022 small">9,577</td>
- <td class="c007 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small">815</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 btt brt bbt small">Total</td>
- <td class="c022 small btt bbt small">11,326,880</td>
- <td class="c007 btt bbt brt small">lbs.</td>
- <td class="c023 small btt bbt small">$2,126,814</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The value of exports in 1866 was £1,861,501. In the same year the
-imports of indigo from the whole of Central America, including
-Honduras, was 672,480 lbs. The consumption of indigo in Great Britain
-did not increase during the ten years ending with 1867. This
-stationary demand, notwithstanding the fall in the price of the drug
-and increase of population, is attributed by McCulloch principally to
-the decreasing use of blue cloth. It is more probably due to the
-substitution of cheaper dyes. The average home consumption in Great
-Britain for seven years ending in 1867, was 1,675,072 lbs. per year.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The importation into this country for the twenty years last past is
-shown by the following table, kindly prepared at our request by the
-chief of the Bureau of Statistics:—
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_026">26</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c008"><i>Statement of Imports of Indigo into the United States during the
-Fiscal Years ended June 30, 1853–1872.</i>
-</p>
-
-
-<table class="table5" summary="US Imports">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="btd bbt brt c019 xsmall" rowspan="2">Fiscal Years<br />ended June 30.</td>
- <td class="btd bbt c019" colspan="4">INDIGO.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c019 bbt brd small" colspan="2">FREE OF DUTY.</td>
- <td class="c019 bbt small" colspan="2">DUTIABLE</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c019 brt small">Pounds.</td>
- <td class="c019 brd small">Dollars.</td>
- <td class="c019 brt small">Pounds.</td>
- <td class="c019 small">Dollars.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1853</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,387,847</td>
- <td class="c023 small">947,367</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1854</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,965,789</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,282,367</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1855</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">2,097,397</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,151,516</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1856</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,732,290</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,063,743</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1857</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,533,037</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,010,509</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1858</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,647,767</td>
- <td class="c023 small">945,083</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1859</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,773,868</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,441,429</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1860</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,707,116</td>
- <td class="c023 small">1,413,790</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1861</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">185,039</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">160,138</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">719,563</td>
- <td class="c023 small">505,766</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1862</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">2,501,052</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">3,281,441</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1863</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">885,834</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">1,008,187</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">178,364</td>
- <td class="c023 small">219,169</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1864</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">684,813</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">623,406</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">897,821</td>
- <td class="c023 small">671,899</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1865</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">741,438</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">601,283</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">415,575</td>
- <td class="c023 small">324,207</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1866</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">798,855</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">609,160</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">44,660</td>
- <td class="c023 small">41,268</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1867</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,069,506</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">816,974</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1868</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">870,164</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">775,751</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1869</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,574,449</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">1,649,550</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1870</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,270,579</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">1,203,664</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1871</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,994,172</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">2,052,222</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1872</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small">1,526,869</td>
- <td class="c022 brd small">1,484,744</td>
- <td class="c022 brt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c022 brt bbt small">1854</td>
- <td class="c022 brt bbt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brd bbt small"></td>
- <td class="c022 brt bbt small"></td>
- <td class="c023 bbt small"></td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c007 small">EDWARD YOUNG, <i>Chief of Bureau</i>.
-</p>
-<p class="small"><span class="smcap">Bureau of Statistics</span>, Nov. 16, 1872.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The extraordinary quantity imported in 1862, we hardly need remark,
-was due to the demand for consumption in army cloths. Indigo imported
-directly, was made free of duty in 1861. The duty which appears by the
-above table to have been charged since that period, was upon indigo,
-the product of India, imported by way of England, which was subject to
-an extra duty of ten per cent.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The indigo consumed in the United States is generally supplied by the
-Boston and New York Calcutta houses, who have either an American
-partner resident in Calcutta, or who employ a resident American as
-agent. Indigo, like other Calcutta goods, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_027">27</span> is sold through the agency
-of brokers, who receive on this article a commission of one per cent.
-The value of the article is known almost daily in these cities by
-telegrams, giving exact information of the state of the trade,
-transmitted from Calcutta as often as every five days. Some of the
-brokers publish monthly circulars, showing the stock of indigo with
-other Calcutta goods on hand in our market. The regular trade reports
-issued by the India merchants show that The higher qualities of indigo
-do not come to our market. The following is an extract from a report
-of Whitney, Brother, &amp; Co., of 1871:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="US Imports">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Indigo for Continent</td>
- <td class="c037 small">fine</td>
- <td class="c037 small">350 to 362</td>
- <td class="c006 small">rupees.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">„ &nbsp; &nbsp; „ &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;„</td>
- <td class="c037 small">good</td>
- <td class="c037 small">330 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 345</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">„ &nbsp; &nbsp; „ &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c037 small">middling</td>
- <td class="c037 small">310 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 325</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">American consuming</td>
- <td class="c037 small">fine</td>
- <td class="c037 small">280 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 300</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">„ &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c037 small">good</td>
- <td class="c037 small">250 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 275</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">„ &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c037 small">middling</td>
- <td class="c037 small">200 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 240</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">„ &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c037 small">low and ordinary</td>
- <td class="c037 small">150 &nbsp;„&nbsp; 170</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-At the present moment there is great depression in the trade in this
-article. The last telegrams show a decline of price in the Indian
-trade in this article of from fifty to seventy-five per cent from the
-prices of last year; and the apprehension is even entertained that
-indigo is going out of use, the dreaded competitors being the aniline
-dyes, and particularly the Nicholson blue. We maybe presumptuous in
-giving our opinion on the question, but we hazard the prediction that,
-notwithstanding the temporary popularity of the cheap substitutes, a
-reaction will take place in favor of that “wonderful and most valuable
-production,” whose importance as a dye has been held in India for
-thousands of years and Europe for two centuries, “greatly to exceed
-any other.”<a
- id="FNanchor_2"></a> <a href="#Footnote_2"
- class="fnanchor">[2]</a>
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2">
-<span class="label">[2]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-The “Dictionnaire Universel du Commerce,” &amp;c., published in
-1861, contains an exhaustive article on the commerce in indigo,
-by M. S. Beekrode. From the statements of this writer, it appears
-that the consumption of indigo was estimated, in 1835, as follows:—
-</p>
-
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Indigo Consumption">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Great Britain</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1,214,380</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(2,683,779)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">France</td>
- <td class="c007 small">912,915</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(2,017,542)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">United States</td>
- <td class="c007 small">130,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(277,300)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Other countries</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">2,435,473</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">(5,382,395)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">Total</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4,692,768</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(10,362,016)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-
-<p class="c009">
-The approximate consumption in 1859 is stated as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Indigo Consumption in 1859">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Great Britain</td>
- <td class="c007 small">800,000</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(1,768,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">France</td>
- <td class="c007 small">800,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(1,768,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">United States</td>
- <td class="c007 small">400,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(884,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Russia</td>
- <td class="c007 small">860,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(1,900,600)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">The Zollverein</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1,250,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(2,762,500)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Switzerland</td>
- <td class="c007 small">150,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(331,500)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Austria</td>
- <td class="c007 small">400,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(884,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Other countries</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">300,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">(663,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">Total</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4,960,000</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(10,961,600)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The average production in 1859 is estimated as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Indigo Production estimate for 1859">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Bengal, Madras, &amp;c.</td>
- <td class="c007 small">3,500,000</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(7,735,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Java</td>
- <td class="c007 small">550,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(1,215,500)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Central America</td>
- <td class="c007 small">300,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(884,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Other sources</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">100,000</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 bbt small">(221,000)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c038 small">Total</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4,450,000</td>
- <td class="c007 small">kilograms</td>
- <td class="c007 small">(9,834,500)</td>
- <td class="c038 small">lbs.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="small c009">
-As the maximum annual consumption in 1859 is set down at
-5,000,000 kilograms, the author concludes that the average
-production at that time did not surpass the requirements of the
-dyers of the whole world.
-</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_028">28</span>
-</p>
-
-<h3>FORMER PRODUCTION IN THE CAROLINAS.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-As pertinent to the commercial branch of our subject, we must briefly
-notice the remarkable facts of the sudden growth and equally sudden
-and extraordinary extinction of the production of indigo in the
-Carolinas. Indigo was for many years the second great staple of South
-Carolina. So highly was this staple estimated that the historian of
-the State declares that “it proved more really beneficial to Carolina
-than the mines of Mexico or Peru are or ever have been to Old or New
-Spain.” Its introduction was the happy result of a woman’s culture and
-energy. In the early part of the last century, the indigo plant had
-been extensively cultivated in the West India Islands, which then
-furnished the chief supply of Europe. The governor of Antigua, George
-Lucas, whose home plantation was at Wappoo in Carolina, having
-observed the fondness of his daughter, Miss Eliza Lucas, afterwards
-the mother of General Charles Cotesworth Pinckney, for the culture of
-plants, was in the habit of sending to her tropical seeds to be sowed
-on his plantation at Wappoo. Among others, he sent her some seeds of
-the indigo plant cultivated in the West Indies. She planted them for
-two years; but <span class="pagenum" id="Page_029">29</span> the seeds failed to germinate, or were killed by the
-frost. On the third year’s trial, in 1741 or 1742, she was successful.
-Governor Lucas, on hearing that the plants had ripened and produced
-seed, sent from Montserrat a person skilled in making indigo. Vats
-were built on Wappoo Creek, and there the first American indigo was
-manufactured. The attempts of the expert to conceal his processes were
-defeated by the vigilance of Miss Lucas. The process of manufacture
-was made known. Seeds from the Wappoo plantation were freely
-distributed and successfully planted; and the culture of indigo became
-common. In 1747, a considerable quantity of indigo was sent to
-England, which induced the merchants trading with Carolina to petition
-parliament for a bounty on Carolina indigo. In 1748, an act of
-parliament was passed granting a bounty of sixpence per pound on
-indigo raised on British-American plantations and imported directly to
-Britain from its place of growth. This act stimulated the planters of
-Carolina to double vigor in the production of this new material for
-export. “Many of them,” says Dr. Ramsay, “doubled their capital every
-three or four years by planting indigo.” In the year 1754, the export
-of indigo from the province amounted to 216,924 lbs., and in the years
-1772 and 1773 the export had risen to 1,107,661 lbs. The production
-was greatly checked by the war of the Revolution. Near the close of
-the century the large importations from India lowered the price, so as
-to make the planting unprofitable. In the mean time, the culture of
-cotton had sprung up under the protective tariff of 1789. The grounds
-suitable for indigo planting were equally fitted for cotton, and were
-for the most planted with the new staple. It is curious to observe how
-the former was displaced by the latter staple. The export of indigo
-from Charleston in 1797 was 96,121 lbs.: in 1800, it fell to 3,400
-lbs. During the same years, the exports of cotton rose from one
-million to six and a half million pounds. The production of American
-indigo appears to have revived from time to time up to 1829. A writer
-of that period in Silliman’s Journal of Science estimates—although it
-would seem on doubtful authority—the production of indigo in the
-United States at 20,000 lbs. The price <span class="pagenum" id="Page_030">30</span> of the American article had
-fallen, owing to the great quantity of extractive which it contained,
-to fifty cents per pound, while the Bengal indigo was worth $1.15 per
-pound. We have no data as to its production at the present time, but
-infer, from the fact that no reference has been made to this product
-in the Government Agricultural Reports for many years past, that the
-production, if any, is too unimportant to be noticed.
-</p>
-
-<h3>INDUSTRIAL APPLICATION OF INDIGO.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-All the applications of indigo require that the material should first
-be reduced to an impalpable powder. It is better to grind it with
-water, to prevent the loss of material in the form of powder, although
-the dry pulverization is necessary when the indigo is to be used for
-the manufacture of the sulphate. To facilitate the grinding the
-material into a paste, it should be previously soaked in hot water
-from one to three hours. The grinding on a small scale may be done by
-a very simple apparatus. This is a hemispherical vessel of copper or
-cast-iron, eighteen inches in diameter, furnished at the edge with two
-handles. The workman, sitting astride a bench, places the vessel
-before him, in which he places three heavy cast-iron balls, the indigo
-which has been softened, and a sufficient quantity of water. Holding
-the basin by the handles, he gives it a circular oscillatory movement,
-in such a manner that the balls, following this movement, crush the
-indigo which surrounds them; after which the contents are poured into
-another vessel, water is added, and the material is stirred. The
-portions incompletely ground are made to reunite themselves at the
-bottom by means of regular blows with a hammer on the rim of the
-vessel. The upper liquid is decanted, and the deposit is submitted to
-a new manipulation in the basin.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In large establishments the grinding is done by machinery. An
-apparatus highly recommended, consists of two circular plates of
-cast-iron, arranged horizontally and slightly separated, one from the
-other, which are rapidly rotated by power, in inverse, directions. The
-interior surfaces of these disks are provided with deep grooves
-radiating in a curved line from the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_031">31</span> centre to the circumference, and
-diminishing in depth in the same direction. The indigo which has been
-previously softened enters between the two plates by an opening in the
-centre of the upper one, and escapes in a thin paste by the
-circumference.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The application of indigo to the coloring of textile fabrics requires
-the complete dissolving of the substance, for which the mechanical
-division is only a preliminary. There are only two known means of
-dissolving this substance: 1. By reduction; 2. By the action of
-concentrated sulphuric acid. The first means allows indigotine to be
-regenerated; and, when the dyeing is completed, it is pure indigotine
-which adheres to the colored fibre. By the second means, or dissolving
-by sulphuric acid, the coloring material enters into a new
-combination, from which it can never be separated: it becomes a new
-substance, endowed with new and special properties.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The fixing of Indigotine by means of Reduction</i>.—In this method the
-operator avails himself of one of the most remarkable qualities of
-indigotine: this is the facility with which this body takes up
-hydrogen, and becomes transformed into a colorless substance, which is
-soluble in favor of alkaline or alkaline-earthy bases, and is
-susceptible of reproducing indigotine by simple oxidation in contact
-with air. This hydrogenized substance is called white indigo. Blue
-indigo, or indigotine, is insoluble except by concentrated sulphuric
-acid; and this insolubility gives it its superiority to all other blue
-dyes. Not being soluble, it cannot, as blue indigo, attach itself to
-the material to be dyed; but in the soluble form of white indigo it
-can perfectly penetrate the fibre. If by any means of oxidation we can
-transform the white indigo into blue indigotine, the latter becomes
-insoluble, and is imprisoned in the pores of the fibre. This is,
-briefly, the whole theory of the use of indigo in dyeing or printing,
-although the reaction may be applied in different ways to the coloring
-of fibres, such as—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-1. The indigo is dissolved by means of an alkaline reduction in a vat,
-and the fibre is immersed in the bath. This is the common blue vat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-2. The solution prepared beforehand is painted by a hair <span class="pagenum" id="Page_032">32</span> pencil and
-printed by a stamp or roller upon only certain parts of the tissues.
-This is the pencil blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-3. The white indigo is precipitated under the form of a paste, in
-combination with a metallic oxide having strong reducing power, such
-as hydrated protoxide of tin, which prevents the too rapid reoxidation
-of the indigotine. The thickened paste is printed, and the tissue is
-placed in an alkaline bath (lime or soda), which, displacing the oxide
-of tin, forms a soluble combination of white indigo. The latter can
-then penetrate the fibre, and afterwards become fixed by reoxidation.
-This is the printer’s solid blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-4. The finely ground, but not dissolved indigo, is placed upon the
-tissue in such conditions that it can be dissolved and reduced in
-place. This done, the fixing of the indigotine is effected by
-oxidation. This is the method for China blue or <i>bleu faïence</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Without dwelling upon the details of these methods, we hasten to a
-consideration of the most important of all the applications of indigo:—
-</p>
-
-<h3>DYEING BY THE INDIGO VAT.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The Copperas Vat</i>.—For dyeing cotton, the method of reduction found
-by experience to be the most convenient and practical is founded upon
-the action of the hydrate of the protoxide of iron in the presence of
-lime. The hydrated protoxide of iron is obtained from sulphate of iron
-(green vitriol, or copperas) with freshly burned lime. Certain
-precautions should be observed in the use of these materials. The
-copperas used for the preparation of these vats should be free from
-sulphate of copper, because the oxide of copper which would be formed
-in the vats rapidly oxidizes the reduced indigo, and causes its
-precipitation in the bath. The copperas ought not to contain red oxide
-of iron, nor sulphate of alumina. The coppery or oxidized vitriol may
-be purified by boiling the solution with pieces of iron, which
-precipitates the iron and neutralizes the oxide. The lime ought to be
-pure, containing no magnesia; when slacked lime has been exposed to
-the air, even for a short time, it absorbs carbonic acid, and becomes
-converted into chalk. The lime, therefore, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_033">33</span> should always be newly
-slacked. The ingredients, then, of a copperas vat are water, pure or
-purified green vitriol, indigo ground into a homogeneous impalpable
-paste, and pure and freshly slacked lime. The proportions used in
-different establishments are exceedingly variable. Those which answer
-for a laboratory vat, or a small vat used for precipitating the white
-indigo immediately for printing, are: indigo, one part; sulphate of
-iron, two parts; slacked lime, three parts. These proportions are not
-enough for the large vats used in dyeing pieces. In them it is
-necessary to make the quantities of lime and sulphate of iron larger
-than the theory of the vat requires. The excess of lime and hydrate of
-iron serve the purpose, whenever the vat is stirred, to repair the
-losses of indigo caused by its oxidation from contact with the air.
-Schutzenberger gives the proportions generally used by the dyers of
-France, as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Schutzenberger dye ratios 1">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Indigo</td>
- <td class="c006 small">1</td>
- <td class="c007 small">part.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Crystallized sulphate of iron</td>
- <td class="c006 small">3</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Freshly slacked lime</td>
- <td class="c006 small">3</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p>
-Others, he says, use more lime than copperas, as in the following
-proportion:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Schutzenberger dye ratios 2">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Indigo</td>
- <td class="c006 small">2</td>
- <td class="c007 small">parts.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Sulphate of iron</td>
- <td class="c006 small">5.5</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Quicklime</td>
- <td class="c006 small">6.5</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-M. de Kæppelin, who is especially familiar with the cotton dyeing in
-Mulhouse, describes the ordinary vats for cotton dyeing as bound with
-iron, and placed on the level of the ground. They hold from 3,000 to
-4,000 litres (1,055 gallons) of liquid. In preparing them the dyer
-fills them about three-quarters full of water, and pours in a milk of
-lime, prepared with 45 kilograms (100 lbs.) of freshly slacked lime; a
-fine liquid paste having been previously made from 15 kilograms (33
-lbs.) ground in water. This is added to the lime in the vat by
-portions, the liquid in the vat being stirred up by a rake after each
-portion of the indigo paste has been added. The indigo becomes
-dissolved in about twenty-four hours, when the vat can be used. After
-describing the manner in which the frame, or <i>champignon</i>, containing
-the goods to be <span class="pagenum" id="Page_034">34</span> dyed is arranged and immersed in the vat, this author
-continues: “It will be understood that the vat is composed according
-to the degree of intensity of the color which is sought to be
-obtained, and that hues more or less deep may be obtained by means of
-more or fewer repeated immersions of the fabric to be dyed. After each
-immersion the <i>champignon</i> is lifted out of the vat, and the fabrics
-are left to <i>ungreen</i> themselves by contact with the air. (It must be
-observed that, although soluble indigo is called white, because it is
-without color when carefully prepared in the laboratory, the goods,
-when first taken from the ordinary vat, are of a green color.) Exposed
-to the air, the soluble indigo is precipitated in the state of blue
-indigo upon the fibres of the tissue. This oxidation, or
-<i>dehydryzation</i>, may be hastened by plunging the tissue into a vat
-containing a solution, very much diluted with water, chloride of lime,
-bichromate of potash, or sulphuric acid. The first two act as
-oxidizing agents; the last facilitates the restoring of the blue
-indigo by depriving it of the lime which is in excess in the solution
-of indigo which the tissue has imbibed from the vat.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-He adds further: “To facilitate the formation of blue indigo in the
-interior of the fabrics, the stuff to be dyed may be previously
-impregnated by a saline solution, which has the property of
-precipitating the white indigo from the alkaline solution, and of
-fixing itself more rapidly upon the tissue. Oxide of copper and oxide
-of manganese possess these properties in a high degree, and are used
-in many establishments to hasten the dyeing process, and produce an
-economy in raw materials. The pieces of cloth are placed in a solution
-of sulphate of copper, in the proportion of 15 to 20 grams to the
-litre (2.11 pints), and lightly thickened with starch. The fabrics,
-thus impregnated by a kind of mordant, before receiving the blue dye
-are first passed through a weak bath of milk of lime, which fixes the
-oxide of copper upon the tissue. The blues thus obtained are more
-intense, and have a peculiar lustre. This process is used in Austria
-and Germany, where cotton fabrics are printed on both sides of the
-tissue.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Coming to the English authorities, Dr. Grace Calvert, in <span class="pagenum" id="Page_035">35</span> his recent
-lectures before the Society of Arts, speaking of the cold vat for
-dyeing cotton, says: “The oldest, and still most generally employed
-method of preparing cold vats, consists of putting into a vat
-containing about 2000 gallons of water 60 lbs. of indigo, very finely
-powdered, 180 lbs. of slacked lime, and 120 lbs. of sulphate of
-protoxide of iron, or green vitriol (free from any trace of copper
-salt), the two latter substances being added from time to time. The
-greater part of the lime used unites with the sulphuric acid of the
-iron salt, to produce sulphate of lime or gypsum; and the liberated
-protoxide of iron removes the oxygen from the indigo, becoming
-converted into saline oxide, whilst the reduced indigo dissolves in
-the excess of lime employed.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-He adds the following facts, which may be of practical
-value:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-“Messrs. R. Schloesser &amp; Co., of Manchester, have introduced within
-the last year or two a marked improvement, in the preparation of cold
-vats, which removes the great objections of the bulky precipitate of
-sulphate of lime, the formation of an oxide of iron, and the loss of
-indigo by its combination with the oxide of iron. The bath remaining
-much more fluid, the pieces are less apt to be spotted, and a better
-class of work is produced. To carry out their process, they add to the
-ordinary 2,000 gallon vat 20 lbs. of ground indigo, 30 lbs. of iron
-borings, 30 lbs. of <i>their remarkable powdered zinc</i>, and 35 lbs. of
-quicklime; the whole is stirred up from time to time, for twenty-four
-hours, when it is ready for use. If the bath is not considered
-sufficiently strong, a little more lime and zinc are introduced. The
-chemical theory of the process is, that the zinc, under the influence
-of the lime, decomposes the water, combining with its oxygen, and the
-hydrogen thus liberated removes oxygen from the indigo which then
-dissolves in the lime.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-An excellent description of the processes employed at Manchester,
-England, in preparing and working the copperas, or cold vat, is given
-in Ure’s “Dictionary of Manufactures.” “The ingredients necessary for
-setting the vat are copperas, newly slacked quicklime, and water.
-Various proportions of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_036">36</span> these ingredients are employed, as, for
-instance: 1 part by weight of indigo (dry), 3 parts of copperas, and 4
-of lime; or, 1 of indigo, 2¹⁄₂₃ of copperas, and 3 of lime; or, 8 of
-indigo, 14 of copperas, and 20 of lime; or, 1 of indigo, ¾ of
-copperas, and 20 of lime; or 1 of indigo, 4 of copperas, and 1 of
-lime. The sulphate of iron should be as free as possible, from red
-oxide of iron, as well as sulphate of copper, which reoxidize the
-reduced indigo-blue. The vat, having been filled with water to near
-the top, the materials are introduced, and the whole, after being well
-stirred several times, is left to stand for about twelve hours. The
-chemical action which takes place is very simple. The protoxide of
-iron, which is set at liberty by the lime, reduces the indigo-blue;
-and the indigo, which is then dissolved by the excess of lime, forming
-a solution, which, on being examined in a glass, appears perfectly
-transparent and of a pure yellow color, and becomes covered, whenever
-it comes in contact with the air, with a copper-colored pellicle of
-regenerated indigo-blue. The sediment at the bottom of the vat
-consists of sulphate of lime, peroxide of iron, and the insoluble
-impurities of the indigo, such as indigo-brown in combination with
-lime, as well as sand, clay, &amp;c. If an excess of lime is present, a
-little reduced indigo-blue will also be found in the sediment in
-combination with lime. The dyeing process itself is very simple.
-The vat having been allowed to settle, the goods are plunged into the
-clear liquor, and, after being moved about in it for some time, are
-taken out, allowed to drain, and exposed to the action of the
-atmosphere. While in the liquid, the fabric attracts a portion of the
-reduced indigo-blue. On now removing it from the liquid, it appears
-green, but soon becomes blue on exposure to the air, in consequence of
-the oxidation of the reduced indigo-blue. On again plunging it into
-the vat, the deoxidizing action of the vat does not again remove the
-indigo-blue which has been deposited within and around the vegetable
-or animal fibre, but, on the contrary, a fresh portion of the reduced
-indigo-blue is attracted, which, on removal from the liquid, is again
-oxidized like the first, and the color thus becomes a shade darker. By
-repeating this process several <span class="pagenum" id="Page_037">37</span> times the requisite depth of color is
-attained. This effect cannot, in any case, be produced by one
-immersion in the vat, however strong it may be. The beauty of the
-color is increased by finally passing the goods through diluted
-sulphuric or muriatic acid, which removes the adhering lime and oxide
-of iron. After being used for some time, the vat should be refreshed
-or fed with copperas and lime, upon which occasion the sediment must
-first be stirred up, and then allowed to settle again, so as to leave
-the liquor clear. The indigo-blue, however, is in course of time
-gradually removed, and by degrees the vat becomes capable of dyeing
-only pale shades of blue. When the color produced by it is only very
-faint, it is no longer worth while using it, and the contents are then
-thrown away. In dyeing cotton with indigo, it seems to be essential
-that the reduced indigo-blue should be in contact with lime. If potash
-or soda are used in its place, it is impossible to obtain dark shades
-of blue.”
-</p>
-
-<h3>FERMENTING VATS FOR WOOL DYEING.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The application of indigo-blue to wool and woollen tissues is always
-made by means of vats, which have special names; as, the pastel or
-woad vat, the urine vat, German vat, molasses vat, &amp;c. The reduction
-or <i>hydrogenation</i> of the indigo-blue is the result of a peculiar
-fermentation, which is developed within an alkaline liquor by means of
-nitrogenized substances and bodies rich in sugar or hydrocarbonized
-substances. It is known that in these conditions, especially where the
-temperature is slightly raised, the sugar is converted into butyric
-acid, and at the same time carbonic acid and hydrogen are set free. We
-find here the source of the nascent hydrogen which fixes itself upon
-the indigo-blue, and transforms it into white indigo, which is soluble
-in the alkalies of the vat. It has recently been observed that the
-butyric fermentation proceeds from the development of minute
-infusoria. These animalculæ live without any supply of oxygen, and, in
-fact, are killed in its presence. They therefore live at their ease in
-the vat of reduced indigo, where no oxygen is permitted to enter.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The ingredients most usually employed for furnishing the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_038">38</span>
-hydrocarbonaceous substances for fermentation are bran and ground
-madder, although molasses is sometimes used. The nitrogenized material
-is found in the woad or pastel, which is often added in very large
-proportions to the fermenting vats. It is observed by the chemists who
-have studied this subject most carefully, that the preparation of
-vats, founded upon the principle of fermentation, does not repose upon
-principles so sure and constant as those of the copperas vat, and that
-many unforeseen accidents interpose to disturb the work of an
-inexperienced dyer. The phenomena in fermentations are often complex.
-It is admitted that in these phenomena theory has not said its last
-word, and that empiricism is often more fortunate than science. In
-conducting the operations of the warm fermenting vat, the conceit of
-the practical dyer, so often remarked upon, is not without foundation.
-By practical experience and the traditions of his art he has acquired
-a knowledge of the almost insensible modification in conditions which
-can change or arrest the chemical reaction. It is the knowledge of the
-workman, a knowledge almost instinctive, which can never be
-communicated to the books, and which is most respected by those most
-profoundly informed in theory.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The Woad or Pastel Vat</i>.—In former times woad, already referred to,
-was the only material known to the dyers of Europe for producing the
-blue color of indigo. For dyeing wool, the use of woad, now abandoned
-wholly in cotton dyeing, has been retained to the present day,
-generally for the purpose of exciting fermentation, and without regard
-to its effect in imparting color to the material to be dyed; for the
-woad grown in England, and used in the dye-houses of that country,
-contains no trace of coloring matter. The woad, or pastel, grown in
-the warmer districts of France contains about two per cent of
-indigotine, which is regarded in that country as an important addition
-to the coloring material, especially for improving the tone of the
-color. Various substitutes, such as rhubarb leaves, turnip and carrot
-tops, and weld, have been tried, but without advantage, with the
-exception, perhaps, of weld, which is still used by some dyers. Some
-chemists regard the use of woad as <span class="pagenum" id="Page_039">39</span> the remnant of a prejudice; but the
-better opinion is, that this material possesses peculiar
-fermentiscible qualities, whose exact action science has yet to resolve.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-According to Schutzenberger, the most recent and highest French
-authority, the dimensions of the pastel vat are about 6½ feet in
-diameter, by 9 in depth. 100 kilograms (221 lbs.) of pastel, in balls,
-is placed in the vat, which is then filled with boiling water. To this
-is added 10 kilograms (22 lbs.) of madder, 3 to 4 kilograms (about 6½
-to 8¾ lbs.) of bran, and 4 kilograms of quicklime, which has been
-slacked, and in the form of a <i>bouilli</i>. Sometimes weld is also added.
-After three hours of rest, the vat is well raked, and the operation is
-repeated every three hours. There is gradually developed a
-characteristic ammoniacal vapor, and a blue scum, with veins of deeper
-blue, forms on the surface; and the liquid, when agitated in the air,
-rapidly becomes blue. These symptoms indicate the dissolution of the
-indigotine of the woad; then there is added 10 kilograms (22 lbs.) of
-indigo which has been previously ground in water, and the vat is
-stirred. If the fermentation appears to be proceeding too actively,
-which is recognized by the disengagement of gases, it is checked by
-the addition of a proper dose of lime. On the other hand, the
-fermentation is made more active by increasing the dose of bran. The
-first dyes are not so good as those subsequently obtained, as the woad
-absorbs from the bath certain brown or yellow materials, kept in
-solution, and furnished as well by the pastel and madder as by the
-indigo itself. 100 kilograms of wool require from 8 to 12 kilograms of
-indigo. The vat is kept up by successive additions of indigo and lime,
-made in the evening.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Another kind of pastel vat, prepared much like the last, receives an
-addition of a dose of potash. M. de Kæppelin describes it as the one
-at present in general use in France. Into a vat containing from 3,000
-to 4,000 litres (791 to 1,055 gallons) there is placed 75 kilograms
-(166 lbs.) of pastel in loaves, or which has undergone a kind of
-fermentation; or, what is preferable, 80 to 100 kilograms (176 to 221
-lbs.) of pastel or woad gathered without fermentation, and 10
-kilograms (22 lbs.) of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_040">40</span> indigo, ground to a paste with water. This
-mixture is well stirred, and there is added 4 kilograms (about 9 lbs.)
-of Avignon madder, and the same quantity of carbonate of potash. After
-the vat has been well raked there is added 2 kilograms (4½ lbs.) of
-slacked lime, and some pails of bran. The vat is well covered, either
-with a wooden lid, or woollen cloths. The fermentation is allowed to
-proceed, and after five or six hours the vat is uncovered and raked
-with much care for half an hour. This operation is repeated every
-three hours, until it is recognized that the indigo is well dissolved.
-In this case the bath ought to be of a beautiful yellow color, and be
-covered with a light blue irised film, veined with yellow at the least
-movement given to the liquid. If the fermentation proceeds too
-rapidly, a little lime is added to moderate it.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-For keeping up a vat like this, and to obviate the different
-inconveniences to which it is subject, the dyer sometimes adds lime,
-or sugar, and carbonate of ammonia, sometimes madder, or bran, or even
-tartar-lees. These last additions are made to saturate the excess of
-lime which the vat contains. In this case the yellow veins and the
-beautiful blue scum which cover the surface disappear, or become pale;
-a piquant odor is disengaged, and the liquor becomes blackish. When
-lime or sugar are added, it is for the purpose of retarding the
-fermentation of the woad. Sugar might even entirely take the place of
-pastel for effecting the reduction of the indigo, and many
-establishments in France are commencing to use it for this purpose. A
-good vat, well supplied with successive additions of indigo, pastel,
-bran, and madder, in proportions necessary to effect and prolong the
-fermentation necessary for the dissolution of the indigo, may be kept
-up many years.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Schutzenberger observes that the vats of fermentation are subject to
-certain maladies, the two most frequent of which are due, one to an
-excess, and the other to an insufficient quantity of lime. “In the
-first case, the liquid takes a tint more and more free of color, loses
-its <i>fleurée</i> (surface scum) and odor; the fermentation is then
-arrested by the precipitation of the active matters. This
-inconvenience is remedied, if seen in time, by <span class="pagenum" id="Page_041">41</span> adding sulphate of
-iron, which eliminates the too great excess of lime. In the second,
-the fermentation becomes too active, passes into a putrid
-fermentation, and the liquid assumes a reddish tint; a fabric dyed
-with indigo in this state becomes very soon discolored. The sole means
-of safety is to heat the bath up to 90° and to add lime. If this does
-not accomplish the purpose of arresting the putrefaction the vat is
-lost.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The following account of the method of dyeing woollen goods with
-indigo by means of the woad vat is given by Dr. Ure, as that carried
-on in Yorkshire, the great centre of the woollen manufacture of England.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-“The dye-vats employed are circular, having a diameter of six feet six
-inches, and depth of seven feet, and are made of cast-iron
-five-eighths of an inch in thickness. They are surrounded by
-brickwork, a space of three inches in width being left between the
-brickwork and the iron, for the purpose of admitting steam, by means
-of which the vats are heated. The interior surface of the brickwork is
-well cemented. In setting a vat the following materials are used: 5
-cwt. of woad, 30 lbs. of indigo, 56 lbs. of bran, 7 lbs. of madder, 10
-quarts of lime. The woad supplied to the Yorkshire dyers is grown and
-prepared in Lincolnshire. It is in the form of a thick, brownish
-yellow paste, having a strong ammoniacal smell. The indigo is ground
-with water in the usual manner. The madder acts in promoting
-fermentation, but it also serves to give a reddish tinge to the color.
-The lime is prepared by putting quicklime into a basket, then dipping
-it in water for an instant, lifting it out again, and then passing it
-through a sieve, by which means it is reduced to a fine powder, called
-by the dyers <i>ware</i>. The vat is first filled with water, which is
-heated to 140° F., after which the materials are put in, and the whole
-is well stirred until the woad is dissolved or diffused, and it is
-then left to stand undisturbed overnight; at six o’clock the next
-morning the liquor is again stirred up, and five quarts more of lime
-are added; at ten o’clock five pints of lime are again thrown in, and
-at twelve o’clock the heat is raised to 120° F., which temperature
-must be kept up until three o’clock, when another quart of lime <span class="pagenum" id="Page_042">42</span> is
-introduced. The vat is now ready for dyeing. When the process of
-fermentation is proceeding in a regular manner, the liquid, though
-muddy from insoluble vegetable matter in suspension, is of a yellow or
-olive yellow color; its surface is covered with a blue froth or
-copper-colored pellicle, and it exhales a peculiar ammoniacal odor; at
-the bottom of the vat there is a mass of undissolved, matter of a
-dirty yellow color. If there is an excess of lime present, the liquor
-has a dark green color, and is covered with a grayish film, and, when
-agitated, the bubbles which are formed agglomerate on the surface, and
-are not easily broken. Cloth dyed in a liquid of this kind loses its
-color on being washed. This state of the vat is remedied by the
-addition of bran, and is of no serious consequence. When, on the other
-hand, there is a deficiency of lime, or, in other words, when the
-fermentation is too active, the liquor acquires first a drab, then a
-clay-like color; when agitated, the bubbles which form on its surface
-burst easily, and when stirred up from the bottom with a rake it
-effervesces slightly, or <i>frits</i>, as the dyers say. If the
-fermentation be not checked at this stage, putrefaction soon sets in,
-the liquid begins to exhale a fetid odor, and when stirred evolves
-large quantities of gas, which burns with a blue flame on the
-application of a light. The indigo is now totally destroyed, and the
-contents of the vat may be thrown away. No further addition of woad is
-required after the introduction of the quantity taken in first setting
-the vat, the fermentation being kept up by adding daily about four
-pounds of bran with one quart or three quarts of lime. Indigo is also
-added daily for about three or four months. The vat is then used for
-the purpose of dyeing light shades, until the indigo contained in it
-is quite exhausted, and its contents are then thrown away.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-This author adds: “Woollen cloth, before being dyed, is boiled in
-water for one hour, then passed immediately under cold water. If it be
-suffered to lie in heaps after being boiled it undergoes some change,
-which renders it afterwards incapable of taking up color in the vat.
-In dyeing, the cloth is placed on a net-work of rope attached to an
-iron ring, which is suspended by four iron chains to a depth of about
-three feet beneath the surface of the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_043">43</span> liquor. The cloth is stirred
-about in the liquor by means of hooks for about twenty or thirty
-minutes. It is then taken out and well wrung. It now appears green,
-but, on being unfolded and exposed to the air, rapidly becomes blue.
-When the vat has an excess of lime the cloth has a dark green color
-when taken out. It is then passed through hot water, and dipped again
-if a darker shade is required.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The Indian Vat</i>.—This presents much analogy to the woad vat, as the
-fermentation of vegetable matters effects the transformation of the
-indigo-blue. According to Dr. Calvert, the Indian vat, probably so
-called from its origin in the East, is taking the place in England of
-the old woad vat for dyeing wool and woollens. He describes its
-preparation as follows: 8 lbs. of powdered indigo is added to a bath
-containing 3½ lbs. of bran, 3½ lbs. of madder, and 12 lbs. of potash,
-which is maintained for several hours at a temperature of 200° F. It
-is then allowed to cool to 100° F., when fermentation ensues. After
-about forty-eight hours the indigo is rendered soluble, being reduced
-by the decomposition of the sugar and other products contained in the
-bran and the madder root during the process of fermentation. The
-distinguishing feature of this vat is the use of <i>potash</i>. The Indian
-or potash vats are spoken of by the best authorities as more easy to
-manage than the woad vat. They are less subject to accidents, and
-yield their coloring material more readily to the fibre, while three
-times as much wool can be dyed in the same time. On the other hand,
-they do not last so long, and require to be renewed at the end of
-twenty-five or thirty days. Besides, the fibres dyed in the potash vat
-have a darker shade than those dyed in the woad vat, owing to the
-large quantity of the coloring matter of the madder dissolved by the
-potash, which becomes fixed on the stuff with the indigo-blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The Urine Vat</i>, but little used except for domestic dyeing, is founded
-upon the same principles as the other fermenting vats. This excretion,
-when putrefied, contains at the same time the nitrogenized principles
-which work as ferments and the alkali in the form of ammonia necessary
-for dissolving the indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-According to Dr. Calvert, improvements have been made of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_044">44</span> late years in
-the fermenting indigo vats by which the expense of madder is avoided.
-They are now prepared by adding to water, at a temperature of 200° F.,
-2 buckets of bran, 26 lbs. of soda crystals, 12 lbs. of indigo, and 5
-lbs. of slacked lime. After five hours the bath is allowed to cool to
-100° F., when fermentation ensues, and the indigo is dissolved in the
-alkali. This is, in fact, the German vat, soda taking the place of the
-potash, and the only fermenting material consisting of bran.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>The German Vat</i> is largely used by the dyers in the north of France,
-and is considered as more advantageous than the Indian vat, because
-the employment of soda is more economical than that of potash, while
-the vat can be maintained as long as two years. The vats used by them
-are prepared as follows: The water is heated to a temperature of 95°,
-and receives 20 pails of bran, 11 kilograms (about 24 lbs.) of
-crystals of carbonate of soda, 5.5 kilograms (11 lbs.) of indigo, and
-4½ lbs. of slacked lime. After twelve hours, the temperature having
-been kept at 40° or 50°, fermentation commences, the liquid becomes of
-a greenish blue color, and disengages bubbles of gas. Indigo, soda,
-and lime are put in from time to time in the proportions above
-indicated, and also from six to eight pounds of molasses. At the end
-of the third day the vat is fit for use.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-M. de Kæppelin, writing in. 1864, informs us that the reduction of
-indigo by means of molasses, is at present largely employed in the
-great establishments for dyeing woollen cloth at Sedan, Louviers, and
-Elbœuf.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The vat used is of very large dimensions, and from twenty-two to
-twenty-six pounds of indigo are dissolved in it; an equal weight of
-molasses is used, and three or four times the same weight of potash
-made caustic by a proportionate addition of lime.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009 c040">
-The space reserved for this subject in our present paper will not
-permit us to enter upon a description of the processes used in the
-American dye-houses. This, as well as the applications of indigo in
-printing, and the uses of sulphate of indigo, must be deferred to
-another number.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Let us, in concluding the first part of our paper, at the risk of <span class="pagenum" id="Page_045">45</span>
-repetition, bring out in bolder relief a statement which presents the
-philosophy of all the various processes of the indigo vat, and at the
-same time, a conclusive argument for the use of this material, in
-preference to all cheaper substitutes. Indigo cannot enter into a
-fibre until it is dissolved. It cannot be dissolved so long as it is
-in a blue state. When reduced by any of the processes above described
-to the white state, it is easily dissolved, and can enter the pores of
-the fibre. Upon exposure to the oxygen of the air it takes up an
-equivalent of oxygen; it returns to the blue state, and, being then
-insoluble, it cannot be washed away from the fabric, and being
-saturated with oxygen it cannot be changed by air or light. This
-theory of the application of indigo involves a lesson to
-manufacturers, dealers, and consumers, especially of woollen fabrics.
-The theory, as well as experience, dating back to the dawn of the
-textile arts in the East, establishes that this material is
-incalculably superior to any other, in permanence at least, for
-imparting to woollen fibre a blue color, or as a foundation for most
-of the darker colors. By far the largest proportion of all cloths are
-of dark colors,—blue, black, green, brown, gray, or mixed,—and can
-advantageously receive in all or a portion of the fibre constituting
-them a direct dye or bottom for other dyes from indigo. It may be
-safely stated that, as a whole, no cloths in the world are
-manufactured from such good wool as those produced in the United
-States. We might expect that the shoddy goods of Yorkshire should be
-further falsified by fugacious dyes; but is it not a shame that our
-admirable wool should be deprived of half its value by parsimony in
-dyeing? The slightest shortcomings in dyeing are revealed in wear. The
-writer cannot forbear referring to an illustration directly before his
-eyes. He is wearing a garment, reduced now to the retired service of
-an office coat, made of an admirable cheviot cloth of American
-manufacture. The cloth originally was selected not only for its
-excellent texture, but as an illustration of philosophical principles
-applied in the formation of color. The tissue was made by weaving
-three yarns of distinct colors,—blue, yellow, and red. Either of those
-hues alone would have been <span class="pagenum" id="Page_046">46</span> glaring and conspicuous, but, by the law of
-color, the combination of blue, red, and yellow makes black, and the
-new cloth at a distance had the effect of a dark mixture. Upon
-exposure to ordinary wear, the yellow and red have retained their
-pristine hues; the blue, not being indigo dyed, has faded; and the
-original dark mixture, although sound in fabric, has become of a
-yellowish brown. The extra expense of a permanent dyeing material
-forms so small a proportion of the whole cost of a finished garment,
-that it ought not to be generally spared. The reform cannot be made by
-the manufacturers; it must be made by the dealers, and especially by
-that class of producers which has risen in our day into such great
-importance,—the manufacturers of ready-made clothing. If they would
-demand of the manufacturers, and furnish to their customers cloths
-more permanently dyed, it would be another step in the direction to
-which these establishments are tending,—the supply of the chief
-portion of the woollen clothing of the people. The manufacturers would
-gladly aid them; for it is the growing sentiment of American
-manufacturers that all their productions should be, in the proverbial
-phrase adopted from the dye-house, as expressing the highest
-excellence,—<i>true blue</i>.
-</p>
-
-<div class="no_pg_break">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_047">47</span>
-</p>
-
-<h3>BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
-
-<div class="c039">
-<p class="c009">
-Citations of authorities having been but partially made in the
-preceding article, the writer, for the purpose of giving his sources
-of information, and for the convenience of those who wish to pursue
-the subject further, appends a list of the more important works which
-he has consulted:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Schutzenberger’s Traité des Matières Colorantes, t. ii. (the most
-recent and best modern authority); Bancroft’s Philosophy of
-Permanent Colors, vol. i.; Edinburgh Encyclopædia; Berzelius,
-Traité de Chimie, t. vi; Chevrueil, Leçons de Chimie Appliquée à
-Teinture, t. iii.; Dumas, Chimie Appliquée aux Arts, t. viii;
-Wurtz, Dictionnaire de Chimie, 1872, art. Indigo; Indigo et son
-Emploi, par De Kæppelin; Annales du Génie Civil, 1864, t. iii.;
-Lectures of Dr. Grace Calvert, Chemical News, Aug. 9 and 23, 1872;
-O’Neill’s Dictionary of Dyeing and Printing; Napier’s Chemistry
-Adapted to Dyeing; Muspratt’s Chemistry Applied to the Arts,
-articles Indigo and Dyeing; Ure’s Dictionary of Manufactures, ed.
-of 1860; Proceedings of Royal Society, vol. xvi.; Proceedings of
-Literary and Philosophic Society of Manchester, vol. iv.; McCulloch’s
-Dictionary of Commerce, ed. 1869; Dictionnaire Universel du
-Commerce, &amp;c., ed. 1861; <i>South Carolina Production</i>.—Ramsay’s
-History; Drayton’s South Carolina; Silliman’s Journal, vol. xviii.
-A more complete bibliography is given in Schutzenberger’s work.
-</p>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<div class="section">
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_049">49</span>
-</p>
-<p class="c008 large">PART II.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_051">51</span>
-</p>
-<h2 class="nobreak">PART II.</h2>
-<hr class="short" />
-</div>
-
-<p>
-<span class="smcap">We</span> entered upon the subject of indigo, which we have treated at some
-length in our last issue, as much in the interest of the people as of
-manufacturers, for we were deeply impressed with the conviction that
-no improvement in our manufacturing processes would confer more
-benefit upon the masses than imparting stability of color to the
-clothing of the people. When one has a deep conviction upon a subject,
-upon which others have equal opportunities for judging, he may be sure
-that he is not alone in his impressions. He is moved by one of those
-waves of thought which, operating simultaneously upon many minds,
-gives that uniformity to public opinion at which we so often wonder.
-We are gratified to find, from responses to our last article, that we
-are not alone in our conviction of the importance of reviving “true
-blue” dyes. The head of a mercantile house, the extent of whose
-<i>clientèle</i> in mills both of wool and cotton is hardly surpassed, has
-assured us that we have not overstated the reform in dyeing which we
-have advocated. He had long shared in our convictions. Pointing to the
-throng of men in the crowded street, where we were conversing, he
-remarked that there was hardly a man in the crowd whose clothing would
-not have been improved by indigo dye. “The failure to use indigo
-dyes,” he <span class="pagenum" id="Page_052">52</span> emphatically said, “costs the laboring people of this
-country millions of dollars every year. The fault is not to be charged
-to our own manufacturers alone; for the blue coat which I wear, and
-which I bought in Paris, annoys me by the crocking caused by its
-aniline dye.” In one very large mill of which he is director as well
-as selling agent, he is putting his principles in practice. All the
-heavy blue cloths intended for popular consumption are faithfully
-dyed, and each bears a stamp, “Warranted indigo dyed.” The ready-made
-clothing establishments which largely consume these goods have already
-found their advantage in purchasing them, and a similar stamp is
-attached to each article made from this cloth.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Some of our most celebrated cotton fabrics have won and still retain
-their reputation by the use of indigo dyes. The ginghams are a signal
-illustration. The blue check is formed by weaving cotton yarns dyed
-blue in the cold indigo vat with undyed yarns. These goods can be
-washed indefinitely without change.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Another illustration is the famous A.B.A. Amoskeag tickings,
-an article of such excellence that the question of the right to
-use trade-mark A.B.A. gave rise to the leading American case
-in this branch of law.<a
- id="FNanchor_3"></a> <a href="#Footnote_3"
- class="fnanchor">[3]</a> A prominent feature in these goods was and still is
-the permanence of the dye in the blue stripe, produced by the cold
-indigo vat. Still another illustration is the blue and white “shirting
-stripe” first made by Mr. Samuel Batchelder, at the Hamilton Mills,
-now so generally adopted for sailors’ shirts. The indigo dye enables
-the color to resist the roughest possible usage.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-To recur to the application of indigo dyeing to wool and woollens. We
-have been unable, although we have written more than fifty letters of
-inquiry upon the subject, to learn of any peculiarity or improvements
-in the American processes of wool dyeing with indigo.<a
- id="FNanchor_4"></a> <a href="#Footnote_4"
- class="fnanchor">[4]</a> Our dyers are
-for the most part <span class="pagenum" id="Page_053">53</span> foreigners. For this reason, or because the art of
-indigo dyeing has long since reached perfection in the best
-establishments abroad, they rigidly pursue the old European methods.
-The best dyers regard the successful management of the warm fermenting
-vats for wool as the highest test of their art. We have already spoken
-of the complicity of the phenomena in fermentations. Practical dyers
-endow the fermenting vat with a sort of personality. “An indigo vat,”
-says one to us, “is more like a sick man than any thing in the world:
-you have to watch it as you would a sick patient, and give it physic
-or ferments to stir up the system and purify it.”<a
- id="FNanchor_5"></a> <a href="#Footnote_5"
- class="fnanchor">[5]</a> The diagnosis of
-a sick vat requires that sort of instinctive knowledge which
-experience gives to the practised physician. The impatience of our
-young Americans will not permit them to serve the long apprenticeship
-necessary to acquire the proper experience. The artisans not
-thoroughly trained will naturally prefer the dyes and processes
-introduced by modern science, which require but little skill in their
-application. It is a curious fact that the influence of the national
-government has been largely instrumental in preserving the old system
-of indigo dyeing. Thanks to the Quartermaster-General’s Bureau, or the
-man of science, General Meigs, who presides over it, indigo dyed
-cloths have been persistently insisted upon for the army. The late war
-gave a new impulse to indigo dyeing. A skilled dyer, whom we have
-consulted, was constantly employed in Connecticut, on a tour of
-professional inspection of a dozen or more different establishments
-making army goods. No doctor, he says, ever found in hospital practice
-more complications of disease than he found in the
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_054">54</span> ailing vats. Among
-other difficulties there was a deficiency of imported woads, although
-the cultivation of excellent woad immediately sprung up in
-Connecticut. In the mean time carrot and rhubarb tops were used as
-substitutes for the fermenting material of the woad. Carrot-tops grown
-expressly for that purpose brought as high as twenty-five cents per
-pound. Since the war the requisitions for indigo dyed woollen goods
-have not relaxed, and the art is not likely to be lost.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-With the real difficulties which attend the process, it is hard for
-indigo dyeing to sustain itself in the face of cheap substitutes of
-easy application, such as the Nicholson blue. It is exceedingly
-difficult to piece dye with indigo and preserve a uniform hue upon the
-cloth. Hence indigo dyes are generally given in the wool. The wool
-absorbing the foreign material of the dye is more difficult to work in
-the operations of carding and spining. In other words, a finer and
-costlier wool is required. A great <i>desideratum</i> therefore is a means
-of piece dyeing with indigo so as to preserve a perfect uniformity of
-hue throughout the piece. This, we are happy to say, has been recently
-successfully accomplished by one of the largest and most faithful of
-our cloth-making establishments. It would be premature, before the
-patents are secured for this invention, to explain the ingenious and
-expensive apparatus devised for this purpose, which constitutes in
-fact a battery of vats so arranged that the operation may be
-continuous. The experiments authorize the statement that bottom dyes
-of indigo, so desirable for a great variety of colors, can be applied
-with no other additional cost than that of the dyeing material. When
-this establishment, as it proposes, stamps upon the cards which
-designate goods, already so admirable in material and texture,
-“Warranted indigo dyed,” we shall regard it as an era in the American
-card-wool manufacture.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The old European woad vat process is that used in all our
-establishments. Mr. Henderson of the Washington Mills, whose
-experience as a practical dyer of wool is exceptionally large, informs
-us that he has found no work so instructive upon this process as
-Napier’s “Chemistry of Dyeing” (published by Henry <span class="pagenum" id="Page_055">55</span> Carey Baird, of
-Philadelphia, 1869). Napier’s description of the process is extracted
-from Dumas’s “Lectures on Dyeing.” The appreciation expressed by so
-competent a judge induces us to reprint Dumas’s description in an
-appendix to this article.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-That we may give at least a general view of the whole subject, we will
-proceed to consider indigo in some relations not yet adverted to.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In Part I. of our notes we have treated only of the application of
-this substance in dyeing by means of reduction through the indigo vat.
-Indigo may be applied by means of reduction in the printing of
-fabrics, as well as in dyeing them. A true scientific arrangement
-would compel us next in order to consider this other application of
-indigo by means of reduction. But the more natural and practical order
-is to pursue the subject of dyeing, and to consider next the
-applications of the derivatives from indigo in dyeing proper.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_3">
-<span class="label">[3]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-See the case stated at length in our article on Trade-marks,
-Bulletin, vol. i. p. 102.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_4">
-<span class="label">[4]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-A reply by Mr. D. R. Whitney, an extensive indigo importer,
-to a letter of inquiry, enables us to correct some errors in our
-former article, under the head of “commerce in indigo.” The value
-of export from India in 1862–63, stated in dollars, through a
-typographical error, should have been pounds sterling; thus,
-instead of $2,126,814, read £2,126,814. It is stated in our first
-article that the telegrams show a decline of price of indigo in
-the Indian trade of from 50 to 75 per cent; “per cent” should
-read “rupees,” which would make a decline of from 25 to 30 per
-cent. The reason for the decline, as stated by Mr. Whitney, is
-the unusually large crop of this year. The average crop of indigo
-in Bengal is about 100,000 maunds. The crop of this year is
-135,000 maunds, about 30 to 35 per cent above the average.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-According to Mr. Whitney, the consumption of Bengal indigo in the
-United States was 2,458 cases of 270 lbs. to a case on an
-average, in 1871; and in 1872, 1,802 cases. Guatemala indigo,
-3,132 serroons in 1871, and 2,578 serroons in 1872.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_5">
-<span class="label">[5]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-See notes on “sickness” of vats in Appendix.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<h3>SULPHURIC DERIVATIVES,—SAXON BLUE, &amp;C.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The powerful action of sulphuric acid upon indigo, and the bright and
-lively blue color thereby produced, had been observed by chemists long
-ago; but no person appears to have applied this color upon cloth,
-until it was done about the year 1740, by Counsellor Barth, at
-Grossenhein, in Saxony. The vividness of the dye, and the facility
-with which it was applied, brought it into great vogue under the name
-of Saxon blue, from its origin. Its popularity in former times is
-evinced by the words of the old song, “The Blue Bells of Scotland:”—
-</p>
-
-<div class="poetry-container">
-<div class="poetry">
-<div class="stanza">
-<div class="verse small">“In what clothes, in what clothes is your Highland laddie clad?</div>
-<div class="verse small">His bonnet’s of the <i>Saxon blue</i>, his waistcoat of the plaid.”<a
- id="FNanchor_6"></a> <a href="#Footnote_6"
- class="fnanchor">[6]</a></div>
-</div>
-</div>
-</div>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The Saxon blue consists simply of a solution of indigo, the Guatemala
-blue indigo being preferred, in sulphuric acid suitably diluted with
-water. The result of this reaction is not a single chemical substance,
-but two acids giving different tints, one called <i>sulpho-purpuric</i>
-acid or <i>phenicine</i>, and the other <i>sulpho-indigotic</i> acid; the first
-giving to wool a reddish-violet <span class="pagenum" id="Page_056">56</span> color, and the other a pure blue. A
-third compound has been indicated by Berzelius, the nature of which
-has not been determined. Whether one or the other of the two named
-acids, or the two combined, shall be produced by the reaction between
-the sulphuric acid and the indigo, depends upon the duration of the
-contact, the temperature of the mixture, and the nature and proportion
-of the acid used.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Persoz gives the following general receipt:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Persoz mixture ratios">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">1</td>
- <td class="c006 small">part by weight of</td>
- <td class="c006 small">indigo, finely rubbed.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">1</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„&nbsp; „&nbsp; „&nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c006 small">Nordhaussen acid.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">1</td>
- <td class="c038 small">„&nbsp; „&nbsp; „&nbsp; „</td>
- <td class="c006 small">ordinary sulphuric acid.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Leave for forty-eight hours, then heat until a drop turned into
-water will dissolve without producing a precipitate. Leave to
-cool, and dilute with water till the strength is brought to 18
-Beaumé.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Napier says that he has found the following method of preparing
-sulphate of indigo, in quantities for use, very satisfactory: “The
-indigo is reduced to an impalpable powder, and completely dried by
-placing it on a sand bath or flue for some hours at a temperature of
-about 150° F. For each pound of indigo six pounds of highly
-concentrated sulphuric acid are put into a large jar, or earthen pot,
-furnished with a cover. This is kept in as dry a place as possible,
-and the indigo is added gradually in small quantities. The vessel is
-kept closely covered, and care taken that the heat of the solution
-does not exceed 212°F. When the indigo is all added, the vessel is
-placed in such a situation that the heat may be kept up at about
-150°F., and allowed to stand, stirring occasionally, for forty-eight
-hours. These precautions being attended to, we have uniformly found
-that any failure occurring was clearly traceable to the impurity of
-the indigo or weakness of the acid used.”
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The processes for producing and separating the two acids derived from
-the combination of sulphur and indigo are minutely given by Berzelius,
-in vol. i. of his “Traité de Chemie,” who states this curious fact
-illustrative of the peculiar affinities of wool with certain dyeing
-substances. Wool or flannel thoroughly scoured, when immersed in the
-blue solution of indigo with <span class="pagenum" id="Page_057">57</span> sulphuric acid, acts as a base: it
-combines gradually with the acid blue, and becomes itself colored of a
-deep blue. When saturated with color, it is withdrawn. Fresh wool is
-introduced until the bath yields no more color. If sublimed or
-perfectly pure indigo is used, there remains in the bath nothing but
-free sulphuric acid. The wool thus plays the part of a base with which
-the blue acids combine. The dyed wool is afterwards washed and treated
-in feeble alkaline bath (ammonia), which redissolves the blue. This
-method of purifying the Saxon blue is still practised by French
-manufacturers.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The combination of indigo with sulphuric acid, sometimes improperly
-called sulphate of indigo, is known by the dyers here and in England
-under the name of <i>chemic</i>. The name of <i>chemic</i> blue or green is also
-given the dyes formed from the indigo extract hereafter spoken of. It
-is largely used for making certain greens required in Scotch plaids.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The old Saxon blue or simple solution of indigo with sulphuric acid is
-now seldom prepared by the manufacturers themselves. It is now
-generally prepared for them, and furnished commercially under the name
-of <i>indigo extract</i>. The finer qualities used for fine dyeing and
-printing are known under the name of <i>carmines</i> of indigo, <i>neutral
-extract</i>, <i>soluble indigo</i>, <i>ceruline</i>, &amp;c.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The production of indigo carmines, which are simply alkaline
-sulphindigotates or sulpho-purpurates, is founded upon their
-insolubility in a liquid charged with a salt.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-If, for example, we dissolve one part of indigo in four parts of
-fuming acid, and dilute the liquid with sixty or eighty times its
-weight of water, it will contain, besides the <i>sulphindigotic</i> acid,
-an excess of sulphuric acid. By adding one part of crystals of soda so
-as to neutralize the bath, there will be formed not only
-sulphindigotate of soda, but sulphate of soda: as the former is
-insoluble in the saline liquid, the presence of the sulphate of soda
-causes the precipitation of the sulphindigotate in deep blue
-floccules. These are collected on woollen filters and washed to remove
-the sulphate of soda and a green coloring material, probably a
-modified chlorophyl, which the paste often contains, and which has the
-singular property of fixing itself on silk, but not on wool.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_058">58</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The carmines are divided according to their richness in indigo into
-simple carmine (4.96 per cent of indigo, water 89, saline materials
-57), double carmine (10.2 per cent indigo, water 85, salts 4–8),
-triple carmine (12.4 per cent indigo water, 73.7, salts 13.9). A
-species of solid carmine known as Boiley blue or purple is in high
-repute in France.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The carmines may be tested by dyeing a specimen of wool in an
-acidulated bath to which cream of tartar has been added. The presence
-of the green matter, so objectionable to silk-dyers who make much use
-of these carmines, is detected by rubbing a small quantity of the
-carmine on a piece of glazed paper, which, when the color dries, gives
-a color varying from blue to a rich copper color: if any green
-coloring matter is left, it shows itself by a green aureola around the
-blue color. The method of applying the carmines in dyeing wool and
-silk,—for they are not adapted to cotton fabrics,—as given by M. de
-Kæppelin, is as follows:—
-</p>
-
-<p>
-The operation is conducted in small wooden vats, provided with
-openings for manipulation, and pipes for inducting steam to heat the
-baths to the proper temperature. It consists of two parts, that of
-mordanting and dyeing. The former is thus conducted.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-For each kilogram of tissue which has been previously scoured and
-bleached, there are provided 200 grammes of cream of tartar and 250
-grammes of alum. These are dissolved in the bath of water of the vat,
-the temperature is raised to boiling heat, and the tissue is immersed
-in the bath f of an hour while it is worked over through the opening
-for manipulation. The pieces are then taken from the bath, to which is
-added a solution of the carmine in water containing a quantity of
-coloring matter proportionate to the intensity of the blue sought for.
-The solution ought to be prepared with care and passed through a silk
-sieve, so that the small insoluble grains which might have been left
-through bad fabrication may be left on the sieve. After the pieces
-have been manipulated in the colored bath, so as to exhaust the color
-and obtain the required blue, they should be rapidly washed in running
-water and dryed in the shade. Silk stuffs are dyed in the same way;
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_059">59</span>
-but the alum should be previously applied cold by means of a saturated
-solution of alum, in which the stuffs should be immersed for an hour.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_6">
-<span class="label">[6]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-First sung by Mrs. Jordan, about the year 1799.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<h3>COLORS NOT FAST.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In regard to all the combinations of indigo with sulphuric acid,
-including the carmines, it must be observed that their application
-does not constitute true indigo dyeing: the colors are not fast. It is
-not pure indigotine which is fastened on the tissues as in the vat
-dyeing, but another compound of indigo with the sulphur. Berzelius
-observes that “the color of soluble indigo is fully as alterable and
-fugacious as that of the colors extracted by the decoction of
-vegetable materials. By a long exposure to the sun the indigo blue is
-destroyed: it becomes green during evaporation, and changes its
-nature.” The carmines as well as the sulphur acids are easily
-decolorized by reducing agents, such as hydrogen and sulphuretted
-hydrogen, although they gradually assume their original color when
-exposed to the atmosphere. We are informed by some of the older
-dealers that imported cloths and merino stuffs known as “Saxony” were
-formerly largely sold in our shops, but that, notwithstanding their
-attractiveness to purchasers, they were objectionable on account of
-the instability of their color.
-</p>
-
-<h3>APPLICATION OF INDIGO IN PRINTING STUFFS.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Our notes would be incomplete without some reference to the uses of
-indigo in printing fabrics. In pursuing this branch, we are
-embarrassed on the one hand by the consideration that the subject is
-too technical for the general reader, and on the other by the
-consciousness that it would be presumption in us to attempt to
-instruct those skilled in the art. It may not, however, be without
-benefit in producing a higher appreciation of science for the general
-reader to observe how science comes in play, even in the printing of a
-single color; while to the skilled reader our notes may possibly be of
-value as a vehicle for conveying some receipts taken from works not
-easily accessible.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_060">60</span>
-</p>
-
-<h3>PRINTING STUFFS OF WOOL AND SILK, AND STUFFS WITH COTTON WARPS.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-This branch of our subject is directly allied to the one last
-considered, the application of the compounds of sulphur and indigo;
-for indigo is applied to printing wool and silk principally in the
-form of indigo carmines. These applications are less numerous than
-they were formerly, since they have been replaced by Prussian blue,
-and more recently by the aniline blues, which are now generally used.
-When the carmines are used, it is for making sky blues, and they enter
-into the composition of some greens and browns. The salts of alumina
-and vegetable acids are used to fix the indigo carmine upon tissues of
-wool and silk. Some receipts recommended by M. de Kæppelin, himself a
-practical printer, are given in a note.<a
- id="FNanchor_7"></a> <a href="#Footnote_7"
- class="fnanchor">[7]</a>
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_061">61</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In printing tissues of wool with cotton warp, the carmines are not
-used alone. They are combined in certain proportions with cyanites of
-iron and potash, to obtain upon the cotton a blue color of equal
-intensity with that produced by the carmines upon wool. It is also
-necessary to previously mordant the fabrics by means of a solution of
-oxide of tin or caustic soda which is precipitated on the fibres by
-passing through a bath of water, to which sulphuric acid has been added.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_7">
-<span class="label">[7]</span></a>
-<table class="table5" summary="Persoz mixture ratios">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="5">BLUE NO. 1.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Indigo carmine</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">400</td>
- <td class="c006 small">grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Alum</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">100</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Oxalic acid</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">150</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Boiling water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1¼</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litre</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c020 small">Gum water prepared in proportion of 1 kilogram to the litre</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1¼</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litre</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="5">GREEN NO. 1.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Gum water as above</td>
- <td class="c007 small">12</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Cuba lac</td>
- <td class="c007 small">12</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Alum</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1</td>
- <td class="c006 small">kilogram,</td>
- <td class="c007 small">500</td>
- <td class="c006 small">grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Oxalic acid</td>
- <td class="c007 small">2</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Indigo carmine</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="5">BOUILLON FOR THE GREENS AND BLUES.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Boiling water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">12</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Alum</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">600</td>
- <td class="c006 small">grammes</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Oxalic acid</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">750</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Gum water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">12</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="5">SKY BLUE FOR WOOLLEN STUFF WITH COTTON WARP.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">First solution.—Boiling water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c007 small">Cyanuret of iron and potash</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c008 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">800</td>
- <td class="c006 small">grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Second solution.—Boiling water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">2</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c007 small">Tartaric acid</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c008 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">300</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Third solution.—Cold water </td>
- <td class="c007 small">3</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c007 small">Sulphuric acid</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c008 small"></td>
- <td class="c007 small">300</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="small" colspan="5">Pour in the first solution, then the second and third, agitating the
-color with a spatula after each new addition.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="small" colspan="5">The following mixture is afterwards applied to the stuff:—</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Gum water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">12</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Water</td>
- <td class="c007 small">6</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Blue No. 1 for wool</td>
- <td class="c007 small">3</td>
- <td class="c008 small">„</td>
- <td class="c007 small"></td>
- <td class="c006 small"></td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-</div>
-
-<h3>APPLICATIONS OF INDIGO IN PRINTING COTTON FABRICS.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Before entering upon methods used in large establishments, it may not
-be without interest to observe the processes still used in Java for
-printing calicoes, which the natives prefer to any imported from
-Europe. In Java there are no factories, and the women in each family
-make and dye or print all the cotton cloths required for their own
-consumption. They apply by means of a brush or pencil, which they use
-with great skill, to the cotton tissue which they wish to cover a thin
-coating of wax mixed with a little resin, the wax being applied to all
-the parts where the design, which has been first traced upon the
-cloth, requires that the fabric should remain uncolored. They then
-immerse the stuff several times in an indigo vat until they have
-obtained the desired tint. The stuff is afterwards washed and dried
-for a new application of the wax, carefully applied with a pencil as
-before. The cloth is then immersed in a bath of a different color,
-made with madder or catechu, but always of some dye which is perfectly
-stable; and the operation is repeated according to the number of
-colors desired. By these successive applications of wax and immersions
-into different vats, they succeed in producing very complicated and
-harmonious colors, while no European goods compare with them in
-stability of dye.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In the European, and our own manufacture, the blue bottoms upon
-vegetable fibres, made by immersion in the indigo vat, are combined
-with white impressions, or others variously colored, by two distinct
-methods. Sometimes there is printed upon the cloth before dyeing in
-the indigo vat a preparation called a reserve or resist, which
-prevents the indigotine from being deposited in the places where it is
-applied. Sometimes, on the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_062">62</span> contrary, the indigo, which has been
-uniformly fixed upon the fabric, is destroyed in certain places marked
-out by printing upon them certain chemical agents, called
-<i>discharges</i>.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The <i>reserves</i> are mechanical, resisting the penetration of the dye,
-such as wax and pipe clay, or chemical. The last, through these acid
-or oxidizing properties, cause the precipitation of the indigotine
-before it has touched the fibre or penetrated into its pores. Such are
-the salts of copper and bi-chlorate of mercury. Other bodies perform
-the part both of mechanical and chemical reserves. The salts of zinc
-or alumina, for instance, which are frequently used, produce at the
-same time a deposit of indigo white and a gelatinous covering of
-hydrated oxide of zinc or aluminium. The composition of a good reserve
-is declared to be principally a question of good proportions of the
-constituent parts, varying with the strength of the vat and the
-intensity of the blue which is desired to be reserved. The first
-condition is that it hardens immediately after immersion in the vat:
-if it softens, on the contrary, it will cause the running of the
-color. In other words, the acidity of the impression should be
-proportionate to the strength and alkaline character of the vat. The
-white reserve, that most generally used, is composed of pipe clay,
-gum, verdigris, and sulphate of copper. The styles of work produced by
-dipping with reserves are generally of a cheap and low class. The
-system is clumsy and expensive, and is only tolerated because of the
-want of a method of directly applying indigo, which will yield the
-deepest shades.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Certain styles, formerly in great vogue, called <i>Lapis</i>, and forming
-one of the richest branches of the cotton-printing industry, are
-founded upon the use of reserves; and in these styles, by very simple
-means which we shall not attempt to describe, different colors
-produced from madder, catechu, &amp;c., are produced upon the fabric so
-perfectly surrounded by blue that the eye cannot detect the slightest
-want of continuity. This fabrication has the greatest perfection in
-Russia. The imitation cashmere fabrics of cotton imported from that
-country, formerly much in fashion for dressing-gowns, are specimens of
-this fabrication. The great stability of the colors is a remarkable
-feature of these
-goods.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_063">63</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The system of resists or reserves possesses the inconveniences of not
-producing impressions of great firmness, and of requiring very strong
-vats. When the strength of the vat is partially exhausted, they may be
-thrown aside. These inconveniences are obviated by the system of
-discharges (<i>enlevages</i>). In this system the cloths are vat dyed of a
-uniform blue. The strength of the vat is of less importance, and it
-can be used until the indigo is quite exhausted. The means of
-destroying the indigo which has been fixed upon the fibre are founded
-on the use of active oxidizing agents, which transform the insoluble
-indigotine into soluble isatine. The agent generally used is chromic
-acid. As this acid cannot be incorporated with the thickening to be
-printed, as the thickening would produce oxide of chrome, the cloth is
-passed through a strong solution of chromate of potash, and dried in
-the shade. The required pattern is then printed on the cloth with a
-mixture whose principal elements are acids which are susceptible of
-setting free the chromic acid on the tissue, which then acts upon the
-indigo producing a white pattern. The acid generally employed for
-freeing the chromic acid is oxalic acid, thickened with British gum,
-dextrine, or starch, with the addition of pipe clay. To prevent
-running, nitric, sulphuric, or tartaric acid are sometimes used.<a
- id="FNanchor_8"></a> <a href="#Footnote_8"
- class="fnanchor">[8]</a>
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_064">64</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-By the method of discharges the white designs upon blue are brought
-out with a distinctness which it is impossible to obtain by resists,
-while the most delicate work of the graver can be exactly reproduced
-upon the tissue.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_8"></a><a href="#FNanchor_8">
-<span class="label">[8]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-Schutzenberger gives the following receipts:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="Schutzenberger receipts">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="2">PREPARATION FOR DISCHARGE.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Water</td>
- <td class="c024 small">2 litres.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Yellow chromate</td>
- <td class="c024 small">500 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="2">WHITE DISCHARGE ON BLUE BOTTOM.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Tartaric acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">3 kilograms.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Oxalic acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">250 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Burnt starch</td>
- <td class="c024 small">4 kilograms.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Nitric acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">500 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Water</td>
- <td class="c024 small">4 litres.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-De Kæppelin gives the following:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="De Kæppelin receipts">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="2">WHITE DISCHARGE ON BLUE.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Water</td>
- <td class="c024 small">2 litres.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Starch</td>
- <td class="c024 small">1 kilogram, 800 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Oxalic acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">500 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Tartaric acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">250 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Sulphuric acid</td>
- <td class="c024 small">375 grammes.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The pieces, having been dyed blue, are then placed in a solution of
-bichromate of potash in water, which is prepared in the ratio of 50 to
-60 grammes to the litre, according to the intensity of the blue. The
-pieces thus prepared must be dried away from direct solar light or too
-much heat. In fact, under the action of these agents, the bichromate
-would be decomposed and the tissue altered. The pieces are often
-rolled up to prevent this effect. After the pieces are printed, they
-are passed into a vessel containing water and holding chalk in
-suspension in sufficient quantity to give it a milky aspect. The
-temperature of the bath is raised to 60° R. The excess of acid of the
-color applied is saturated by the chalk, and the excess of bichromate
-of potash with which the tissue is impregnated is dissolved in the
-bath. The pieces are afterwards washed and passed through slightly
-soapy water.
-</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<h3>APPLICATION OF INDIGOTINE BY PRINTING.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The first step in the art of printing indigotine upon calicoes was the
-application of what is called pencil blue. Instead of immersing the
-fabrics in an indigo vat, the indigo white formed in a very strong
-indigo vat was thickened and applied locally to certain places on the
-cloth. The preparation was painted upon the cloth by means of pencils
-made of willow sticks, the ends of which were broomed up into a kind
-of brush. The style was hence called pencil blue. The methods now used
-to apply white indigo locally are of two kinds. The china blue
-process, and the solid blue process, sometimes called fast or
-precipitated blue. The china blue process derives its name from the
-resemblance of its color to the blue on the old china ware. It has
-great depth of tint, and permanency. It is scarcely used now, except
-for certain articles requiring great depth of color, such as certain
-furniture goods, and by the Germans and Swiss for the manufacture of
-calicoes for exportation to India.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-We do not venture to condense the descriptions at our hand of the
-processes for applying the china blue and the solid blue, and
-translate those furnished by chemists of high authority. After the
-method indicated by Darwin in his recent works, we present them in
-smaller type, with the perhaps unnecessary suggestion that they may be
-passed over by the general reader.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>China blue</i>.—The theory of this printing blue, says Schutzenberger,
-is very simple. The indigo, reduced to an impalpable powder and
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_065">65</span>
-thickened, is printed by a plate or roller. After drying, the tissue
-seems dyed blue, more or less deep, according to the proportion of
-coloring material used; but it is only a blue of application, which
-can be removed with the thickening, by the slightest washing. The
-object is now to reduce and redissolve the indigotine in place to
-enable it to penetrate the fibre at the end of a consecutive
-oxidization, and without producing a running of the color or altering
-the purity and distinctness of the contours of the design. I owe to M.
-Ed. Schwartz some valuable hints upon the fabrication of this style,
-which is also described with much care and details in the treatise on
-printing by M. Persoz.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The reduction of the indigo is obtained by alternate passages of the
-printed tissue into vats containing,—the first, quicklime slacked; the
-second, sulphate of iron; the third, soda. The operation is terminated
-by a passage through a bath of sulphuric acid, which removes the oxide
-of iron and precipitates the indigo white by hastening its oxidation.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The success depends upon the composition of the color printed, and
-above all upon the strength of the vats of immersion and the duration
-of the treatment.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The operator uses six vats,—for instance, two lime vats, provided each
-with 12 kilograms of lime; a copperas vat at 70 Beaumé; a caustic soda
-vat marking 140 Beaumé; a sulphuric acid vat with 500 grammes of acid
-(<i>par mesure d’eau</i>); and finally a vat of pure water.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The receipts for printing are:—
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="China blue 1">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="3">1. THE BLUE PREPARATION.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Ground indigo</td>
- <td class="c007 small">4</td>
- <td class="c006 small">kilograms.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Acetate of iron</td>
- <td class="c007 small">10</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Sulphate of iron</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1</td>
- <td class="c006 small">kilogram.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Water </td>
- <td class="c007 small">10</td>
- <td class="c006 small">litres.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Gum Senegal</td>
- <td class="c007 small">6</td>
- <td class="c006 small">kilograms.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p>
-Pass through a sieve; leave some time at rest, and stir whenever used.
-Caraccas indigo is preferred because it can be broken into a finer
-powder and gives a finer paste.
-</p>
-
-<table class="table5" summary="China blue 2">
- <tbody>
- <tr>
- <td class="c008 xsmall" colspan="2">2. COLORS FOR ROLLER PRINTING NOS. 1, 2, 3, 4.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">The blue preparation above</td>
- <td class="c007 small">1, 1, 3, 4.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Acetate of iron containing 700 grammes of gum per litre</td>
- <td class="c007 small">2, 1½, ½, ½.</td>
- </tr>
- <tr>
- <td class="c006 small">Gum water at 600 grammes per litre</td>
- <td class="c007 small">16, 2½, ½, ½.</td>
- </tr>
- </tbody>
-</table>
-
-<p class="small">These proportions can be varied according to the tint desired.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_066">66</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The piece is treated a quarter of an hour in the first lime vat by
-giving it a light movement from above to below; it is left a quarter
-of an hour in repose in the sulphate of lime vat; a quarter of an hour
-in the second lime vat; a quarter of an hour in the copperas vat; five
-minutes in the caustic soda; half an hour in the sulphuric acid, and
-then thoroughly rinsed.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-To each lime vat there is given 2 kilograms of lime per piece of
-cloth. To the vitriol vat there is added 50 kilograms of sulphate of
-iron for each dozen pieces. The soda vat is renewed after 5 pieces by
-the addition of 12 kilograms of salt of soda, which has first been
-made caustic. The acid vat receives 25 kilograms of acid after 5
-pieces, and ought to be renewed whenever it becomes saline. The other
-vats must be cleared out whenever the deposit becomes too great for
-success.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-M. Ed. Schwartz recommends as important conditions, (1) the perfect
-causticity of the tissue, and an average strength of 140 Beaumé; (2)
-the neutrality of the sulphate of lime vat. For this end old iron
-should be boiled in it.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-After leaving the sulphuric acid vat the pieces are rinsed in the
-water vat, then in river water, and afterwards should be soaked in a
-sulphuric acid bath at 40 Beaumé, for the purpose of dissolving the
-last traces of the peroxide of iron adhering to the fibre. The fabric
-is then washed in water and finally passed through a soapy water at
-40° R.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<i>Solid or precipitated blue, Schutzenberger’s receipt</i>.—The process
-consists in printing indigo white precipitated in a vat, in a thick
-paste to dissolve it on the tissue by a passage through an alkaline
-bath (lime or soda), and of reprecipitating it by oxidizing it as soon
-as it has entered the fibre.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-It is then the china blue process, minus the reduction which is made
-before printing, and consequently minus the sulphate of iron vat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Indigo white is too alterable to be printed with success, so it is
-generally precipitated in combination with a stannic hydrate (hydrate
-of a salt of tin), which gives it body and preserves it from a too
-rapid oxidation.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The stannic indigotate in paste, or as it is generally called
-precipitate of indigo, is prepared by turning into the clear portion
-of a strong copperas vat an acid solution of protochlorate of tin, and
-filtering it upon woollen filters,—as much as possible away from the
-air. <span class="pagenum" id="Page_067">67</span> It would be better to prepare a strong tin vat by heating a
-mixture of indigo, caustic soda, and protochlorate of tin, and to
-precipitate by chlorohydric acid.<a
- id="FNanchor_9"></a> <a href="#Footnote_9"
- class="fnanchor">[9]</a>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The deposit is made into a paste with gum water; a salt of tin is
-often added to prevent oxidation. It is important to prevent the
-transformation of the indigo white into indigotine before printing.
-This indigotine would not fix itself on the fabric. Moreover, after
-printing, it is necessary to hasten the dissolution of the indigo
-white to enable it to penetrate the fibre. It is sufficient for this
-end to pass it through milk of lime. The stannic combination is
-immediately destroyed; the colorable matter unites itself with the
-lime, and the color passes into a pale gray with apple green. The
-indigo white becomes momentarily soluble; but the presence of the
-excess of lime and the thickening, as well as the attractive affinity
-of the thickening, prevent any running.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The piece on issuing from the lime water is placed in running water,
-when reoxidation commences, which this time fixes the color. The piece
-is finally passed through a sulphuric acid bath to absorb the lime,
-and washed.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-By adding to the color a salt whose base precipitates in the milk of
-lime and oxidizes in the running water, and replacing the simple acid
-bath by an acid bath with yellow prussite, the intensity of the blue
-is increased through the formation of Prussian blue.
-</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_068">68</span>
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Although we have seen beautiful effects from the application of the
-solid blue of indigo on prints at our Pacific Mills, the colors
-produced by Prussian blue and aniline are so much more brilliant and
-easy of application that the use of indigo in printing goods for
-ordinary consumption is likely to decline rather than increase. It
-will be otherwise if we should ever manufacture for the East India
-markets. Here is a field still open for our manufacturers. Mr. Watson,
-in his beautiful work on “The Costumes of the People of India,”
-remarks that “British manufacturers have hitherto failed to appreciate
-Oriental tastes and habits, and hence supply but an insignificant part
-of the clothing of the two hundred million persons that form the
-population of what is commonly spoken of as India.” The great defect,
-he observes, is the want of stability of color in the cotton fabrics
-introduced,—this stability being an imperative demand in the Oriental
-markets.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The applications of indigo to cotton fabric are altogether secondary,
-in our mind, to its relations to the woollen manufacture. If we have
-felt called upon to say a word in behalf of the most ancient and best
-ally which the fibre of wool has ever had, it is because the vividness
-of color of the new products of coal, and the fascination which the
-application of the recent discoveries of science always possesses, is
-threatening the eclipse of the more ancient sober and solid dyes. Let
-the new colors have their place as auxiliaries, not as substitutes for
-the ancient dyes. Let them serve to give a bloom<a
- id="FNanchor_10"></a> <a href="#Footnote_10"
- class="fnanchor">[10]</a> to goods, but let
-the foundation be the good old dyes which the experience of ages has
-proved to be the most unalterable by light and air. The recent
-wonderful discovery of alizarine, or artificial madder, in coal tar
-products, has led practical men to expect too much from science. The
-opinion is quite prevalent among manufacturers that artificial
-indigotine has already been obtained from the <span class="pagenum" id="Page_069">69</span> same source. And some
-manufacturers are sanguine that the difficulties of indigo dyeing will
-thus be resolved. It is not improbable—for what is impossible to
-modern chemistry?—that this result will yet be partially obtained. But
-we have looked over all the recent foreign chemical reviews, and
-personally consulted some of our best chemists, and we can find no
-authority for the prevailing opinion that artificial indigotine has
-been produced. If the production of artificial indigotine should be
-realized, the only benefit would be the possible cheapening of the
-material. The difficulties of the indigo vat would still remain; for
-we cannot too often repeat, that in the very difficulties of the
-process, or in the insolubility of blue indigotine by ordinary agents,
-consists the excellence of the dye.
-</p>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_9"></a><a href="#FNanchor_9">
-<span class="label">[9]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-Mr. T. P. Shepard gives in his valuable “Receipts for Calico
-Printing,” published in 1872, the following:—
-</p>
-
-<p class="c008">NO. 52. INDIGO PRECIPITATE FOR FAST BLUE AND GREEN.
-</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li><span class="small">10 pounds quicklime, slacked with</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">6½ gallons water; then</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">2 pounds ground indigo finely rubbed in water are stirred in; then add</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">6 pounds copperas dissolved in 5 gallons of water; then add</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">5 gallons hot water and</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">15 gallons cold water.</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">Stir well from time to time, until the liquid has assumed a yellow
-color and deep blue veins or streaks appear on its surface. When this
-moment arrives, draw off the clear liquor, and precipitate every ten
-quarts of it with</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">½ pound tin crystals, dissolved in ½ pound muriatic acid.</span></li>
-<li><span class="small">To the remainder of the mixture of lime and indigo, 15 gallons of
-water may be added, and the whole stirred; and when settled, the
-indigo may be precipitated from the clear liquor as before. This
-operation may be repeated a second time before all the indigo is
-exhausted.</span></li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The indigo precipitate is to be collected on a muslin filter, and
-well squeezed out.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_10"></a><a href="#FNanchor_10">
-<span class="label">[10]</span></a>
-<p class="small c009">
-<i>Guernsey Blue</i>.—The darkest of the Nicholson Fast Blues. On a
-bottom of barkwood, camwood, madder, or inferior <i>indigo</i>, produces
-an indigo blue which will stand all the acid tests the same as
-colors made from indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="small c009">
-<i>Serge Blue</i>.—It will be found very serviceable to give bloom to
-goods dyed with indigo, and by itself shows a very good indigo test
-with nitric acid.—<i>Instructions for Working the Atlas Works Aniline
-Dyes</i>.
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<div class="section">
-<h2 class="nobreak">APPENDIX.</h2>
-</div>
-
-<h3>DYEING WOOL IN THE WARM INDIGO VAT.</h3>
-
-<p class="c008">[<i>Extract from Dumas’s Lectures on Dyeing</i>.]
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The value attached by practical wool-dyers to the following induces us
-to publish it without condensation:—
-</p>
-
-<div class="c039">
-
-<p class="c009 c040">
-<span class="smcap">Indigo Blue.</span>—We give a solid dye of indigo blue to wool by plunging it
-into an alkaline solution of indigo white, and then exposing it to
-contact with the air. The solution of indigo white is prepared in a
-vessel usually from eight to nine feet in depth, and six to seven feet
-in diameter. This size is very convenient for the requisite
-manipulations, and presents a large volume of water, which, when once
-heated, is capable of preserving a high temperature for a long time.
-This vessel should be made of wood or copper. It always bears the name
-of vat. These vats are covered with a wooden lid, divided into two or
-three equal segments. Over this lid are spread some thick blankets.
-Without this precaution the bath would come in contact with the
-atmospheric air, a portion of the indigo would absorb oxygen and
-become precipitated. There would also be a great waste of heat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-A most necessary operation, and one which has to be frequently
-repeated, consists in stirring up the deposit of vegetable and
-coloring matter which is formed in the vat, and intimately mixing it
-in the bath. For this purpose we employ a utensil called a <i>rake</i>,
-which is formed of a strong square piece of wood, set on a long
-handle. The workman takes hold of this with both hands, and, dipping
-the flat surface into the deposit at the bottom of the vessel, he
-quickly <span class="pagenum" id="Page_070">70</span> draws it up until it nearly reaches the surface, when, giving
-it a gentle shake, he discharges the matter again through the liquor
-of the bath. This manœuvre is repeated until the whole of the deposit
-seems to be removed from the bottom of the vessel. Before the tissue
-is dipped into the dye-bath, it should be soaked in a copper full of
-tepid water; it is then to be hung up and beaten with sticks. In this
-state it is plunged into the vat; it thus introduces less air into the
-bath, while it is more uniformly penetrated by the indigo solution.
-The cloth is now kept at a depth of from two to three feet below the
-surface of the liquid, by means of an open bag or piece of network
-fixed in the interior of an iron ring, which is suspended by cords,
-and fixed to the outside of the vat by means of two small iron hooks;
-the bag is thus drawn backwards and forwards without permitting it to
-come in contact with the air. When this operation has been continued
-for a sufficient length of time, the cloth is wrung and hung up to dry.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Flock wool is also, for the purpose of dyeing, enclosed in a fine net,
-which prevents the least particle from escaping, and which is fixed in
-the bath in the same way as in the foregoing case.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The many inconveniences attending the use of wooden baths, which
-necessitate the pouring of the liquor into a copper for the purpose of
-giving it the necessary degree of heat, have led to the general
-employment of copper vessels. These are fixed in brickwork, which
-extends half way up their surface, whilst a stove is so constructed at
-this elevation that the flame shall play around their upper part. By
-this means the bath is heated and kept at a favorable temperature
-without the liquor being obliged to be removed.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The potash vats are usually formed of conical-shaped coppers,
-surrounded by a suitable furnace. These may be constructed with less
-depth, inasmuch as there is less precipitation induced in the liquor.
-By using steam for heating the vats, we might dispense with the
-employment of copper vessels, and so return to those of wood.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The vats employed for dyeing wool are known under the names of the
-pastel vat, the woad vat, the potash vat the tartar-lee vat, and the
-German vat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Pastel Vat.</span><a
- id="FNanchor_11"></a> <a href="#Footnote_11"
- class="fnanchor">[11]</a>—The first care of the dyer in preparing the vat should
-be to furnish the bath with matters capable of combining with the
-oxygen, whether directly or indirectly, and of giving hydrogen to the
-indigo. We must, however, be careful to employ those substances only
-which are incapable of imparting to the bath a color which might prove
-injurious to the indigo. These advantages are found in the pastel, the
-woad, and madder. This latter substance furnishes a violet tint when
-brought into contact with an alkali, and by the addition of indigo it
-yields a still deeper shade.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In preparing the Indian vat, we ordinarily employ one pound of fine
-madder to two pounds of indigo. The madder is here especially useful,
-by reason of the avidity of some of its principles for oxygen.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The pastel vat, when prepared on a large scale, ordinarily contains
-from 18 to 22 lbs. of indigo; 11 lbs. of madder would suffice for this
-proportion, but we must also bear in mind the large quantity of water
-which we have to charge with oxidizable matters. I have invariably
-seen the best results from employing
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_071">71</span> 22 lbs. to a vat of this size.
-Bran is apt to excite the lactic fermentation in the bath, and should
-therefore not be employed in too large a quantity; 7 to 9 lbs. will be
-found amply sufficient.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Weld, which is often used, is rich in oxidizable principles; it turns
-sour, and passes into the putrid fermentation with facility. Some
-dyers use it very freely; but ordinarily we employ in this bath an
-equal quantity of it to that of the bran. Sometimes weld is not added
-at all.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In most dye-houses the pastel is pounded before introducing it into
-the vat. Some practical men, however, maintain that this operation is
-injurious, and that it interferes with its durability. This is an
-opinion which deserves attention. The effect of the pastel, when
-reduced to a coarse powder, is more uniform; but this state of
-division must render its alterations more rapid. When the bath has
-undergone the necessary ebullition, the pastel should be introduced
-into the vat, the liquor decanted, and at the same time 7 or 8 lbs. of
-lime added, so as to form an alkaline lye which shall hold the indigo
-in solution. Having well stirred the vat, it should be set aside for
-four hours, so that the little pellets shall have time to become
-thoroughly soaked, both inside and out, and thus be prepared for
-fermentation. Some think coverings are to be spread over the vat, so
-as to preserve it from contact with the atmosphere. After this lapse
-of time, it is to be again stirred. The bath at this moment presents
-no decided character; it has the peculiar odor of the vegetables which
-it holds in digestion; its color is of a yellowish-brown.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Ordinarily, at the end of twenty-four hours, sometimes even after
-fifteen or sixteen, the fermentative process is well marked. The odor
-becomes ammoniacal, at the same time that it retains the peculiar
-smell of the pastel. The bath, hitherto of a brown color, now assumes
-a decided yellowish-red tint. A blue froth, which results from the
-newly liberated indigo of the pastel, floats on the liquor as a thick
-scum, being composed of small blue bubbles, which are closely
-agglomerated together. A brilliant pellicle covers the bath, and
-beneath we may perceive some blue or almost black veins, owing to the
-indigo of the pastel which rises towards the surface. If the liquor be
-now agitated with a switch, the small quantity of indigo which is
-evolved floats to the top of the bath. On exposing a few drops of this
-mixture to the air, the golden-yellow color quickly disappears, and is
-replaced by the blue tint of the indigo. This phenomenon is due to the
-absorption of the oxygen of the air by the indigogen from the pastel:
-in this state we might even dye wool with it without any further
-addition of indigo; but the colors which it furnishes are devoid of
-brilliancy and vivacity of tone, at the same time that the bath
-becomes quickly exhausted.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The signs above described announce, in a most indubitable manner, that
-fermentation is established, and that the vat has now the power of
-furnishing to the indigo the hydrogen which is required to render it
-soluble,—that contained in the pastel having been already taken up;
-this, then, is the proper moment for adding the indigo, which should
-be previously ground in a mill.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-We stated above that the liquor of the vat should be previously
-charged with a certain quantity of lime; we also find in it ammonia
-generated by the pastel; but a part of these alkalies become saturated
-by the carbonic acid gas along with the proper acids of the madder and
-of the weld, as well as by the lactic acid produced by the bran during
-fermentation. The ordinary guide of the dyer is the odor, which,
-according to circumstances; becomes more or less ammoniacal. The vat
-is said to be either soft or harsh; if soft, a little more lime should
-be added to it. The fresh vat is always soft; it exhales a feeble
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_072">72</span>
-ammoniacal odor accompanied with the peculiar smell of the pastel; we
-must, therefore, add lime to it along with the indigo; we usually
-employ from five to six pounds, and, after having stirred the vat, it
-is to be covered over. The indigo, being incapable of solution except
-by its combination with hydrogen, gives no sign of being dissolved
-until it has remained a certain time in the bath. We may remark that
-the hard indigoes, as those of Java, require at least eight or nine
-hours, whilst those of Bengal do not need more than six hours, for
-their solution. We should examine the vat again three hours after
-adding the indigo. We ordinarily remark that the odor is by this time
-weakened; we must now add a further quantity of lime, sometimes less,
-but generally about equal in amount to the first portion; it is then
-to be covered over again, and set aside for three hours.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-After this lapse of time, the bath will be found covered with an
-abundant froth and a very marked copper-colored pellicle; the veins
-which float upon its surface are larger and more marked than they were
-previously; the liquor becomes of a deep yellowish-red color. On
-dipping the rake into the bath, and allowing the liquid to run off at
-the edge, its color, if viewed against the light, is of a strongly
-marked emerald-green, which gradually disappears, in proportion as the
-indigo absorbs oxygen, and leaves in its place a mere drop rendered
-opaque by the blue color of the indigo. The odor of the vat at this
-instant is strongly ammoniacal; we also find in it the peculiar scent
-of the pastel. When we discover a marked character of this kind in the
-newly formed vat, we may without fear plunge in the stuff intended to
-be dyed; but the tints given during the first working of the vat are
-never so brilliant as those subsequently formed; this is owing to the
-yellow-coloring matters of the pastel, which, aided by the heat,
-become fixed on the wool at the same time as the indigo, and thus give
-to it a greenish tint. This accident is common both with the pastel
-and the woad vats; it is, however, less marked in the latter.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-When the stuff or cloth has been immersed for an hour in the vat it
-should be withdrawn; it would, in fact, be useless to leave it there
-for a longer time, inasmuch as it could absorb no more of the coloring
-principle. It is therefore to be taken from the bath and hung up to
-dry, when the indigo, by attracting oxygen, will become insoluble and
-acquire a blue color. Then we may replunge the stuff in the vat, and
-the shade will immediately assume a deeper tint, owing to renewed
-absorption of indigo by the wool. By repeating these operations, we
-succeed in giving very deep shades. We must not, however, imagine that
-the cloth seizes only on that portion of indigo contained in the
-liquor required to soak it. Far from such being the case, experience
-shows that, during its stay in the bath, it appropriates to itself,
-within certain limits, a gradually increasing quantity of indigo. We
-have here, then, an action of affinity, or perhaps a consequence of
-porosity on the part of the wool itself.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Woad Vat.</span>—These vats are extensively employed at Louviers, and in the
-manufactories of the north of France. The bath is prepared in the same
-manner as in the foregoing case; the finely cut root is introduced
-into the copper along with 2 lbs. of pounded indigo, 9 lbs. of madder,
-and 15½ lbs. of slaked lime. The liquor is, after the necessary
-ebullition, poured upon the woad. This substance contains but a very
-small quantity of coloring principle; we must, therefore, add some
-indigo when preparing the vat, so as to indicate the precise instant
-when the mixture arrives at the point of fermentation so necessary for
-imparting hydrogen to the coloring principle, and for rendering it
-soluble. We must also use a larger quantity of lime, since the woad
-contains no ammonia <span class="pagenum" id="Page_073">73</span> resulting from previous decomposition, such as we
-find to be the case with the pastel of the south. When the vat is in a
-suitable state of fermentation, a rusty color becomes manifest, in
-addition to the signs already described in speaking of the pastel vat;
-besides the ammoniacal odor, the bath always retains the peculiar
-smell of the woad. The pounded indigo is now added, and we proceed, in
-the manner already detailed, to reduce it to a state of solution fit
-for dyeing.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The vats prepared by means of pastel have greater durability than
-those made with the woad; but it is thought that the colors given by
-the latter are more brilliant than those obtained from the former dye.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Modified Pastel Vat.</span>—This vat is about 7 feet in depth, and 6½ feet
-in diameter. It is made of copper, and heated by steam. The lid is
-composed of three segments, each of which is formed of two planks,
-about an inch thick, and strongly secured together by bolts.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The beating is performed in the usual way, with sticks before the
-first dipping, after having moistened the cloth in tepid water. This
-operation is not subsequently repeated.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-This vat is prepared with 13 lbs. of indigo, 17½ lbs. of madder, 4½
-lbs. of bran, 9 lbs. of lime, and 4½ lbs. of potash. Having filled the
-vat, we heat it to about 200° Fah., and, as soon as the water is
-tepid, introduce 441 lbs. of pastel. The liquor becomes of a
-yellowish-brown color; small bubbles appear upon its surface,
-ordinarily at the end of four hours if the vat be heated by steam, but
-not until after eight or twelve hours where heat is applied by the
-common fire; in the latter case the mixture should be stirred every
-three hours. When the liquor displays the signs of fermentation, we
-add the above-mentioned ingredients, and cover the vat over; it is
-then to be set aside, stirring it every three hours, or oftener if the
-fermentative action be very rapid. Each time that it is stirred we are
-to add from 2 to 4 lbs. of lime; if fermentation proceed quickly we
-even use more, but in the contrary case less. After about eighteen
-hours, we plunge into the vat three pieces of common cloth, measuring
-from twenty to twenty-five ells in length each; when they have
-received six or seven turns, they are to be taken out again. The
-object of this is to remove the excess of lime from the bath. The vat
-is then set aside for three hours, when it is to be stirred, and 13
-lbs. of indigo, with 2 lbs. of madder, added to it. We now again apply
-heat to the mixture.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-If the vat contains a superabundance of lime, it will be unnecessary
-to add more; otherwise we throw in a further quantity. During the
-night it should be covered with a cloth, and a workman left to watch
-it. It is usually stirred once before the morning; but if it be
-deficient in lime, it will require this manipulation to be more
-frequently repeated, and also fresh lime added to it. On the following
-day the stirring should be continued every three hours, and so on for
-the next thirty hours, taking care to heat the vat from time to time.
-On the morning of the fourth day the dyeing may be commenced.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The temperature should be maintained at a pretty uniform point; if it
-be too hot, the blue takes a red reflection, by reason of the madder
-contained in the liquid. A vat thus prepared will last three months;
-we may even work it for double that period, but after the third month
-it appears to lose some of its indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-We maintain the power of the vat by introducing every night 2¼ lbs. of
-madder. Some indigo is also added twice or three times a week. These
-additions are made in the evening. After the former, the vat is left
-at rest for forty-two hours; with the latter only for twenty-four, at
-the same time observing <span class="pagenum" id="Page_074">74</span> the precautions already indicated. At the end
-of three months, or sooner when we wish to stop the working of the
-vat, we exhaust the indigo; for this purpose we continue to charge it
-every night for the space of a month with madder, and dip into it
-white cloths, or more particularly woollen tissues, which become more
-or less loaded with the indigo. We must continue this plan until these
-matters take up no further color. The dippings are to be performed
-twice a day at first, but once only towards the termination. Many
-dyers make use of this bath for preparing a new vat, but it is better
-to throw this away and make it up afresh with common water.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Indian Vat.</span>—These vats are of more simple and of more ready
-construction than the pastel or woad vats. We are to boil in water a
-quantity of madder and of bran, proportioned to the weight of indigo
-which we wish to employ. After two hours’ ebullition, we turn into
-this bath some tartar-lees, which are also to be boiled for an hour
-and a half or two hours, so as to charge the bath with whatever
-soluble matter they may contain; after this ebullition the bath should
-be allowed to cool, and the indigo, which has been previously ground,
-is then to be introduced. Supposing that we wish to employ 21 lbs. of
-indigo, the following would be the proportions used in preparing this
-vat: 41 lbs. tartar-lees, 13 lbs. of madder, and 5 lbs. of bran. These
-vats are usually mounted in coppers of a conical shape; a small fire
-should be kept up around them, so as to maintain a moderate and
-uniform heat. The indigo will usually be found dissolved at the end of
-twenty-four hours, often even after twelve or fifteen hours. The
-liquor has a reddish color in the new vats, and a green tint in those
-which are in a working state. The frothy surface, as well as the
-brilliant-colored pellicle, becomes manifested in this as in all other
-preparations of a like kind.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-This species of vat has to be renewed much more frequently than the
-woad and pastel vats, from the indigo being more difficult to dissolve
-after a certain lapse of time. A moderate heat should be maintained in
-all these vats.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Potash Vat.</span>—This species of vat is extensively employed at Elbœuf for
-the dyeing of wool in the flock. It presents in all respects a perfect
-analogy with the Indian vat; in fact, the action of the tartar-lee in
-the latter preparation depends entirely on the carbonate of potash
-which it contains. The ingredients used in the preparation of the
-potash vat are bran, madder, and the subcarbonate of potash of commerce.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-We obtain the deep shades in this species of vat with greater celerity
-than in all others, a fact which undoubtedly depends on the greater
-power which potash has of dissolving indigo than is possessed by lime.
-Experience proves that the potash vat has the advantage in point of
-celerity of nearly a third; but this is balanced by the inconvenience
-resulting from the darker shade, which we must attribute to the large
-quantity of coloring matter of the madder dissolved by the alkaline
-lee, and which becomes fixed on the stuff with the indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-To render this vat in its most favorable state, the indigo should be
-made to undergo a commencement of hydrogenation before turning it into
-the mixture; for this purpose we prepare in a small copper a bath
-analogous to that in the vat, to which the pounded indigo is added.
-This bath is maintained for twenty-four hours at a moderate heat,
-taking care to stir it from time to time. The indigo assumes a
-yellowish color, becomes dissolved, and in this state is turned into
-the vat; we thus avoid many delays and losses in its preparation, and
-indeed it would be desirable if a similar plan were adopted with all
-these compounds.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">German Vat.</span>—This vat is of nearly similar dimensions to that used for
-the woad, being three times the size of the potash vat. Its diameter
-is about 6½ feet, <span class="pagenum" id="Page_075">75</span> and its depth 8½ feet. Having filled the copper with
-water, we are to heat it to 200° Fah.; we then add 20 pailsful of
-bran, 22 lbs. of carbonate of soda, 11 lbs. of indigo, and 54 pounds
-of lime, thoroughly slaked, in powder. The mixture is to be well
-stirred, and then set aside for two hours; the workman should
-continually watch the progress of the fermentation, moderating it more
-or less by means of lime or carbonate of soda, so as to render the vat
-in a working state at the end of twelve, fifteen, or, at the most,
-eighteen hours. The odor is the only criterion by which the workman is
-enabled to judge of the good state of the vat, he must therefore
-possess considerable tact and experience.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-In the process of dipping we introduce 84 lbs., 106 lbs., or even 130
-lbs. of wool, in a net bag, similar to that used in the woad vat,
-taking care that the bag is not allowed to rest against the sides of
-the copper. When the wool has sufficiently imbibed the color, we
-remove the bag containing it, and allow it to drain for a short time
-over the vessel. We operate in this way on two or three quantities in
-succession; we then remove the vat, and set it aside for two hours; we
-must be careful, from time to time, to replace the indigo absorbed by
-the wool, as also to add fresh quantities of bran, lime, and
-crystallized carbonate of soda, so as constantly to maintain the
-fermentation at a suitable point.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The German vat differs, then, from the potash vat by the fact that the
-potash is replaced by crystallized carbonate of soda and caustic lime,
-which latter substance also gives to the carbonate of soda a caustic
-character. It presents a remarkable saving as compared to the potash
-vat; hence the frequency of its employment; but it requires great
-care, and is more difficult to manage. It also offers considerable
-economy of labor; one man is amply sufficient for each vat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The army cloth is usually dyed by means of the pastel vat, which gives
-the most advantageous results. We here make use of vats about 8½ feet
-in depth, and 5 feet in diameter, into which we introduce from 361
-lbs. to 405 lbs of pastel or of woad, after previous maceration. The
-vat is to be filled with boiling water, and we then add to the bath 22
-lbs. of madder, 17½ lbs. of weld, and 13 lbs. of bran. The mixture is
-to maintained in a state of ebullition for about half an hour; we next
-add a few pailsful of cold water, taking care, however, not to lower
-the temperature beyond 130° Fah.; during the whole of this time a
-workman, provided with a rake, keeps incessantly stirring the
-materials of the bath. The vat is then accurately closed by means of a
-wooden lid, and surrounded by blankets, so as to keep up the heat. It
-is now put aside for six hours; after this time it is again stirred by
-means of a rake, for the space of half an hour; and this operation
-should be repeated every three hours until the surface of the bath
-becomes marked with blue veins; we then add from six to eight pounds
-of slaked lime.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The color of the vat now borders on a blackish-blue. We immediately
-add the indigo in a quantity proportioned to the shade which we wish
-to obtain. The pastel in the foregoing mixture may last for several
-months; but we must renew the indigo in proportion as it becomes
-exhausted, at the same time adding both bran and madder. In general we
-employ—
-</p>
-
-<ul>
-<li>11 to 13 lbs. of good indigo for 100 lbs. of fine wool.</li>
-<li>9 to 11 lbs. of good indigo for 100 lbs. of common wool.</li>
-<li>9 to 11 lbs. of good indigo for 131 yards of cloth dyed in the piece.</li>
-</ul>
-
-<p class="c009">
-<span class="smcap">Management of the Vats.</span>—A good condition of the vat is recognized by
-the following characters: The tint of the bath is of a fine
-golden-yellow, and its surface is covered with a bluish froth and a
-copper-colored pellicle. On dipping the rake into the bath, there
-escapes bubbles of air, which should burst very slowly;
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_076">76</span> when they
-vanish quickly, it becomes an indication that we must add more lime.
-The paste which is found at the bottom of the vat, green at the moment
-of its being drawn up, should become brown in .the air; if, however,
-it remains green, this is a further sign that more lime is required.
-Lastly, the vat should exhale the odor of indigo. We usually complete
-the assurance of the vat being in a good state by plunging into it,
-after two hours’ respite, a skein of wool, which, on being withdrawn
-after the lapse of half an hour, should present a green color, but
-change directly to blue. We then once more mix the materials of the
-vat, and two hours after it may be considered ready for dyeing.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-These vats, like those already described, are provided with a large
-wooden ring, the interior of which is armed with a kind of network,
-for the purpose of preventing the objects which are intended to be
-dyed coming in contact with the materials at the bottom of the vat;
-we, moreover, take the precaution of enclosing the wool or cloth in
-bags. These tissues, when plunged into the bath, should remain there
-for a longer or shorter time, according to the shade which we wish to
-obtain; one dipping, however, will never suffice for this object;
-usually we leave in the stuff for half an hour only; it is then to be
-taken from the bath, wrung, and exposed to the air. This operation is
-repeated until we have succeeded in procuring the desired shade; we
-ordinarily suffer three hours to elapse between each dipping. The heat
-of the vat should never be allowed to fall below 130° Fah. After each
-operation the bath must be well stirred, and fresh lime added;
-generally speaking, a pound a day will suffice. We re-establish the
-indigo about every second day. When once this vat is well mounted, and
-we are careful to examine its working, we may dye from two to four
-batches a day with it.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-When the stuffs have acquired the desired shade, they are first to be
-washed in common water, and then in a very weak solution of
-hydrochloric acid (about one part in a thousand); after this they are
-again rinsed in pure water.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The Indian vat is much more easily managed than the foregoing; it
-presents less danger of failure, from the fact that it is quickly
-exhausted, and also from the fermentative process, which is so
-difficult to govern in the pastel vat; this vat not having time to
-change in character. It is prepared by first introducing an equal
-quantity of madder and of bran, and a triple quantity of potash; this
-is to be gradually heated until it reaches a temperature of 167° Fah.,
-and we then add to it the indigo, thoroughly agitating the matters for
-half an hour. The vat is maintained at a temperature of 86° to 100°
-Fah., by keeping it closely covered, and at the same time the mixture
-is to be stirred occasionally at intervals of twelve hours. It should
-by this time present a beautiful green shade, the liquor being
-surmounted by a copper-colored pellicle and a purplish froth. We may
-now commence the dyeing, following the same course as with the pastel
-vat; but the stirrings being here repeated much more frequently than
-with the other mixture, we can dye a larger quantity of wool within a
-given time. When the vat ceases to give a brilliant blue, we must
-altogether renew it; if it be merely weakened, we add to it a small
-quantity of freshly prepared liquor containing a few pounds of potash,
-and a little less bran and madder. In giving the dark and the clear
-sky blues, we must be careful to employ a quantity of indigo
-proportioned to the color which we wish to obtain, or, better still,
-we may use the previously exhausted vat for the dark blue.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-When exposed to the influence of the putrid fermentation, indigo is
-decomposed and loses its color. If rendered soluble, it obeys the
-impulse communicated to the azotized matters with which it is brought
-into contact, although, if <span class="pagenum" id="Page_077">77</span> macerated in pure water at the ordinary
-temperature, it is itself decomposed with great difficulty.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The pastel and the woad are very prone to the putrid fermentation, by
-reason of the large quantity of azotized matters which they contain,
-as do all the cruciferæ; they require therefore considerable care in
-their employment.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-When a vat is mounted, if the fermentation be allowed to continue
-unchecked, after the appearance of the blue froth and the other signs
-already indicated, the liquor will acquire a yellow color similar to
-that of beer; the froth will become white; it will give out a stale
-smell and lose its ammoniacal odor; after a few days it will turn
-whitish, and exhale a smell at first similar to that of putrefied
-animal substances; then it will acquire the odor of rotten eggs, and
-set free sulphuretted hydrogen. The lime in the pastel and the woad
-vats, and the tartar-lee and potash in the other mixtures, are used
-for the purpose of preventing these accidents.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-Besides the oxygenated compound, which is formed by the combination of
-oxygen with the extractive matters of the plants held in digestion,
-there is a production of carbonic acid which saturates the alkaline
-lee, and forms a carbonate of lime in the pastel vat. We find this
-attached to the sides of the vat in such quantity that the inside of
-these vessels becomes incrusted with it to a considerable depth. It is
-this product which dyers call the tartar of the vat; it effervesces
-with acids, and gives on analysis carbonic acid, lime, and a few
-particles of indigo. In the potash vat the solubility of the carbonate
-of potash prevents its deposition; but it is very probable that we
-have even here a formation of some carbonated products, perhaps in
-part formed at the expense of the carbonic acid of the air.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The soluble extractive principle being the only matter which remains
-in solution in the bath with the indigo, the lime, &amp;c., we have formed
-deposits which, varying both in their volume and in the greater or
-less facility with which they are precipitated during the various
-periods of fermentation, lead to a more or less considerable waste of
-time. If we plunge a piece of woollen tissue into a vat which has been
-recently stirred, it will acquire a dark color, and will be found
-covered with brown stains which are with difficulty removed. When the
-woad or paste vat has been stirred, it need be left two or three hours
-only before plunging in the stuff, at least during the early months of
-its working, inasmuch as the pastel, being but slightly divided and
-attenuated, is readily precipitated; but when, by reason of its
-extreme division, in consequence of repeated operations, it is thrown
-down with less facility, the dipping should not be performed oftener
-than three times in the day.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The Indian vat requires less time than the others; we may even dye
-with it an hour after stirring the mixture. The potash, being soluble,
-forms no precipitate; while the ligneous fibre of the madder and the
-pellicles of the bran become deposited with great facility. We can
-also dip with these vats much oftener than with those made by pastel
-or woad.
-</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<hr class="footnote" />
-<div class="footnote">
-<a id="Footnote_11"></a><a href="#FNanchor_11">
-<span class="label">[11]</span></a>
-<p class="c009">
-The distinction between pastel and woad is not very clear.
-Schutzenberger says: “Pastel, woad, and satis tinctoria is a <i>plant</i>
-of the family of the crucifera. It would seem, however, that the term
-<i>pastel</i> as used by the old French dyers is applied to the leaves of
-the woad which have been fermented, formed into paste, and afterwards
-into balls, and which contain much blue coloring matter. And the term
-<i>woad</i> as distinguished from <i>pastel</i> is applied to the unfermented
-plant.”
-</p>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_078">78</span>
-</p>
-
-<h3>SICKNESS OF THE WARM VAT FOR DYEING WOOL, AND ITS REMEDIES.</h3>
-
-<p class="c009">
-We have to thank that excellent practical magazine, “The American
-Chemist,” for the following notes on the sicknesses of the warm vat,
-by F. W. Kugler, translated from Reimann’s Färberzeintung:—
-</p>
-
-<div class="c039">
-
-<p class="c009">
-In the wool indigo vat, among the principal “sicknesses” is the
-blackening of the vat, or “sharpening.” This arises from the presence
-of too much lime. When “sharpened,” the liquor, instead of having a
-waxy yellow color with a dense blue film on its surface, has no film;
-while the liquor is a dark blackish-green, and on being stirred shows
-a gray or white scum on its surface, while it emits at the same time a
-pungent odor. If the vat is only slightly affected, it is sufficient
-to add some bran and madder and to let it stand over night. If it has
-not quite recovered by morning, it may be necessary to heat it up,
-agitate it, and let it stand for a couple of hours, after which
-perhaps the addition of a little lime will be necessary.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-If the vat is much sharpened, it is recommended to sink in it a bag of
-bran, and leave it over night, when the fermentation will have
-restored the vat in a considerable degree; but it will be necessary to
-add lime cautiously and by degrees, to bring it to a proper state for
-working.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The theory of the souring of the vat is given. Butyric fermentation
-takes place under certain circumstances, butyric acid being formed;
-and hydrogen is set free, which reduces the indigo. The addition of
-lime makes the vat too strongly alkaline, and sets ammonia free, which
-gives the pungent odor of the soured (<i>verschäften</i>) vat.
-Simultaneously the lime with the white indigo forms a difficultly
-soluble compound, which settles, and thus interferes with the working
-of the vat. The excess of lime must be removed, which is accomplished
-by introducing bran, which causes a lactic fermentation; and the
-lactic acid neutralizes the excess of lime, and destroys the lime
-compound with indigo which had been formed. The lime may be
-neutralized by the use of mineral acids, but there is danger in that
-case of precipitating the indigo.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-A second “sickness” is “becoming too sweet.” The symptoms are,—the
-blue veins and surface film disappear on stirring, the foam gives a
-rustling sound, the bath assumes a reddish-yellow color, blue goods
-placed in the bath lose their color, and the vat has an unpleasant odor.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The vat when “too sweet” needs to be brought to the regular
-temperature, and lime to be added cautiously until the vat is brought
-to its normal state. It is safer to add an excess of lime and “sour”
-the vat, and then bring it back according to the directions under that
-head, than to add too little, as less indigo is lost. To use up all
-the dye and to dye a light blue, as little lime should be present as
-is consistent with the workings of the vat.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-The cause of the “falling away” of the vat is a too active
-fermentation, which produces considerable lactic acid, from which
-butyric acid forms, setting free hydrogen, thereby making white
-indigo, which, if the action is allowed to continue, changes to a
-compound from which the indigo cannot be recovered. If lime is added,
-the lactic and butyric acids unite with it and precipitate it, while
-the excess precipitates the white indigo, which is slowly recovered,
-as fermentation progresses, which forms lactic acid, which, taking the
-place of the white indigo, sets it free. Besides the sicknesses, there
-are various results of mismanagement, of
-<span class="pagenum" id="Page_079">79</span>
-which the first is
-overwarming, which causes the bath to turn brown, which is the
-beginning of the souring.
-</p>
-
-<p class="c009">
-When the bath begins to sour from overheating, some logwood should be
-added and then bran, and the vat left to itself over night. The reason
-of it is that the temperature is too high for the desired fermentation
-to operate. The vat sometimes suddenly turns green, and even when
-indigo and the other necessary ingredients are added it remains of
-this color. This is called the “breaking up of the vat.” The reason is
-that the temperature is too low; to remedy it, it is necessary to add
-logwood and bran, warm it up, and stir, when it should stand for some
-hours.
-</p>
-
-</div>
-
-<div class="transnote">
-<h3>Transcriber's Notes</h3>
-<ol>
-<li>Footnotes have been placed at the end of each associated section.</li>
-<li>Obvious typographical errors have been corrected.</li>
-<li>Spelling and hyphenation has been made consistent with the most
- common usage. Quoted text from other works and authors was left
- unchanged.</li>
-</ol>
-</div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Notes Upon Indigo, by John Hayes
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOTES UPON INDIGO ***
-
-***** This file should be named 62008-h.htm or 62008-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/2/0/0/62008/
-
-Produced by Ronald Grenier. (This file was produced from
-images generously made available by The Internet Archive)
-
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
diff --git a/old/62008-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/62008-h/images/cover.jpg
deleted file mode 100644
index 471b25c..0000000
--- a/old/62008-h/images/cover.jpg
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62008-h/images/pg001.png b/old/62008-h/images/pg001.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 7c05612..0000000
--- a/old/62008-h/images/pg001.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ
diff --git a/old/62008-h/images/pg002.png b/old/62008-h/images/pg002.png
deleted file mode 100644
index 6fd8e39..0000000
--- a/old/62008-h/images/pg002.png
+++ /dev/null
Binary files differ